HUE030659T2 - Heteroaril származékok mint Alfa7 NACHR modulátorok - Google Patents

Heteroaril származékok mint Alfa7 NACHR modulátorok Download PDF

Info

Publication number
HUE030659T2
HUE030659T2 HUE12709965A HUE12709965A HUE030659T2 HU E030659 T2 HUE030659 T2 HU E030659T2 HU E12709965 A HUE12709965 A HU E12709965A HU E12709965 A HUE12709965 A HU E12709965A HU E030659 T2 HUE030659 T2 HU E030659T2
Authority
HU
Hungary
Prior art keywords
methyl
alkyl
compound
group
mmol
Prior art date
Application number
HUE12709965A
Other languages
English (en)
Inventor
Neelima Sinha
Gourhari Jana
Sachchidanand Sachchidanand
Sanjay Pralhad Kurhade
Navnath Popat Karche
Anil Kashiram Hajare
Ajay Ramchandra Tilekar
Venkata P Palle
Rajender Kumar Kamboj
Original Assignee
Lupin Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=45873193&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=HUE030659(T2) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Lupin Ltd filed Critical Lupin Ltd
Publication of HUE030659T2 publication Critical patent/HUE030659T2/hu

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/5375—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • A61K31/5377—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. timolol
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/335—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
    • A61K31/34—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having five-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. isosorbide
    • A61K31/341—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having five-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. isosorbide not condensed with another ring, e.g. ranitidine, furosemide, bufetolol, muscarine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/38—Heterocyclic compounds having sulfur as a ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/381—Heterocyclic compounds having sulfur as a ring hetero atom having five-membered rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/40—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/40—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
    • A61K31/403—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil condensed with carbocyclic rings, e.g. carbazole
    • A61K31/404—Indoles, e.g. pindolol
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4436—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a heterocyclic ring having sulfur as a ring hetero atom
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/445—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine
    • A61K31/4523—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4535—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a heterocyclic ring having sulfur as a ring hetero atom, e.g. pizotifen
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/496—Non-condensed piperazines containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. rifampin, thiothixene or sparfloxacin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/02—Stomatological preparations, e.g. drugs for caries, aphtae, periodontitis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/18—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for pancreatic disorders, e.g. pancreatic enzymes
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04—Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A61P25/16—Anti-Parkinson drugs
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24—Antidepressants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/30—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
    • A61P25/34—Tobacco-abuse
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/30—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/32—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/30—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/32—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/33—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/333—Radicals substituted by oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/30—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/32—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/33—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/337—Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D307/34—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D307/56—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D307/68—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/22—Radicals substituted by doubly bound hetero atoms, or by two hetero atoms other than halogen singly bound to the same carbon atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/26—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/26—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/30—Hetero atoms other than halogen
    • C07D333/36—Nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/26—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/38—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Addiction (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Psychology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Transplantation (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Compounds Containing Sulfur Atoms (AREA)
  • Furan Compounds (AREA)
  • Pyrrole Compounds (AREA)

Description

• TATSUMI ET AL.: "(R)-3’-(3-Methylbenzo(b)thiophen-5-yl)-spiro(1-azabicyclo(2,2,2)octa ne-3,5’-oxazolidin)-2’-one, a Novel and Potent alpha7 Nicotinic Acetylcholine Receptor Partial Agonist Displays Cognitive Enhancing Properties", J. MED. CHEM., vol. 49, no. 14,1 January 2006 (2006-01-01), pages 4374-4383, XP002538696, ISSN: 0022-2623, DÓI: 10.1021/JM060249C [retrieved on 2006-06-16]
Remarks:
The file contains technical information submitted after the application was filed and not included in this specification
Description
Field of the Invention: [0001] The present invention is related to novel compounds of the general formula I,
# their tautomeric forms, their stereoisomers, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, and these compounds for use as nicotinic acetylcholine receptor a7 subunit (a7 nAChR) modulator in preventing or treating disorders which are defined in the appendant claims.
[0002] Also described herein are analogues, prodrugs, isotopically labeled analogues, N-oxides, metabolites, polymorphs, solvates, optical isomers, clathrates and co-crystals of compounds of formula I.
[0003] These embodiments do not form part of the invention.
Background of the invention: [0004] Cholinergic neurotransmission, mediated primarily through the neurotransmitter acetylcholine (ACh), is a predominant regulator of the physiological functions of the body via the central and autonomic nervous system. ACh acts on the synapses of the neurons present in of all the autonomic ganglia, neuromuscular junctions and the central nervous system. Two distinct classes of ACh target receptors viz. muscarinic (mAChRs) and the nicotinic (nAChRs) have been identified in brain, forming a significant component of receptors carrying its mnemonic and other vital physiological functions.
[0005] Neural nicotinic ACh receptors (NNRs) belong to the class of ligand-gated ion channels (LGIC) comprising of five subunits (α2-α10, β2-β4) arranged in heteropentameric (α4β2) or homopertameric (a7) configuration (Paterson D et al.., Prog. Neurobiol., 2000, 61,75-111). α4β2 and a7 nAChR constitute the predominant subtypes expressed in the mammalian brain, al nAChR has attained prominence as a therapeutic target due to its abundant expression in the learning and memory centers of brain, hippocampus and the cerebral cortex (Rubboli F et al., Neurochem. Int., 1994, 25, 69-71). Particularly, a7 nAChR is characterized by a high Ca2+ ion permeability, which is responsible for neurotransmitter release and consequent modulation of excitatory and inhibitory neurotransmission (Alkondon M et al., Eur. J. Pharmacol., 2000, 393, 59-67; Dajas-Bailador F et al., Trends Pharmacol. Sci., 2004, 25, 317-324). Furthermore, high Ca2+ ion influx also has implications on the long-term potentiation of memory via alterations in gene expression (Bitner RS et al., J. Neurosci., 2007, 27, 10578-10587; McKay BE et al., Biochem. Pharmacol., 2007, 74, 1120-1133).
[0006] Several recent studies have confirmed the role of a7 nAChR in neural processes like attention, memory and cognition (Mansvelder HD et al., Psychopharmacology (Berl), 2006,184, 292-305; Chan WK et al., Neuropharmacology. 2007, 52, 1641-1649; Young JW et al., Eur. Neuropsychopharmacol., 2007, 17, 145-155). Gene polymorphisms associated with the a7 nAChR protein CHRNA7 have been implicated in the genetic transmission of schizophrenia, related neurophysiological sensory gating deficits and resultant cognitive impairment (Freedman R et al., Biol. Psychiatry, 1995, 38, 22-33; Tsuang DW et al., Am. J. Med. Genet., 2001, 105, 662-668). Also, preclinical studies in a 7 nAChR knockout and anti-sense oligonucleotide treated mice have demonstrated impaired attention and defective cognition underscoring the prominent role of a7 nAChR in cognition (Curzon P et al., Neurosci. Lett., 2006, 410, 15-19; Young JW et al., Neuropsychopharmacology., 2004, 29, 891-900). Additionally, pharmacological blockade of a 7 nAChR impairs memory and its activation enhances same in preclinical rodent models implicating a7 nAChR as target for cognitive enhancement (Hashimoto K et al., Biol. Psychiatry, 2008, 63, 92-97).
[0007] Pathological brain function in sensory-deficit disorders has been associated with nicotinic cholinergic transmission particularly through a7 receptors (Freedman R et al., Biol. Psychiatry, 1995, 38, 22-33; Tsuang DW et al., Am. J. Med. Genet., 2001,105, 662-668; Carson Retal., Neuromolecular, 2008, Med. 10, 377-384; Leonard S et al., Pharmacol. Biochem. Behav., 2001, 70, 561-570; Freedman R et al., Curr. Psychiatry Rep., 2003, 5, 155-161; Cannon TD et al., Curr. Opin. Psychiatry, 2005, 18, 135-140). A defective pre-attention processing of sensory information is understood to be the basis of cognitive fragmentation in schizophrenia and related neuropsychiatric disorders (Leiser SC et al.,
Pharmacol. Ther., 2009, 122, 302-311). Genetic linkage studies have traced sharing of the a.l gene locus for several affective, attention, anxiety and psychotic disorders (Leonard S etal., Pharmacol. Biochem. Behav., 2001,70, 561-570; Suemaru K et al., Nippon Yakurigaku Zasshi, 2002, 119, 295-300).
[0008] Perturbations in the cholinergic and glutamatergic homeostasis, has long been implicated as causative factors for host of neurological disease, including dementia(s) (Nizri E etal., Drug News Perspect., 2007,20,421-429). Dementia is a severe, progressive, multi-factorial cognitive disorder affecting memory, attention, language and problem solving. Nicotinic ACh receptor, particularly the interaction of al receptor to αβ1-42 is implicated as an up-stream pathogenic event in Alzheimer’s disease, a major causative factorfor dementia (Wang HYetal., J. Neurosci., 2009,29,10961-10973). Moreover, gene polymorphisms in CHRNA7 have been implicated in dementia with lewy bodies (DLB) and Pick’s disease (Feher A et al., Dement. Geriatr. Cogn. Disord., 2009, 28, 56-62).
[0009] Disease modification potential of nAChRs particularly the al receptor has application for disease-modification of Alzheimer’s disease (AD) and Parkinson’s disease (PD) by enhancing neuron survival and preventing neurodegeneration (Wang etal. 2009; Nagele RG etal., Neuroscience, 2002,110,199-211; Jeyarasasingam G etal., Neuroscience, 2002,109,275-285). Additionally, al nAChR induced activation of anti-apoptotic(BCL-2) and anti-inflammatory pathways in brain could have neuroprotective effects in neurodegenerative diseases (Marrero MB et al., Brain. Res., 2009, 1256, 1-7). Dopamine containing neurons of ventral tegmental area (VTA) and laterodorsal tegmental nucleus (LDT) are known to express nicotinic ACh receptors, particularly α4, a3, β2, β3, β4 subunits (Kuzmin A etal., Psychopharmacology (Berl), 2009, 203, 99-108). Nicotinic ACh receptors, α4β2 and α3β4 have been identified with candidate-gene approach to have strong mechanistic link for nicotine addiction (Weiss RB et al., PLoS Genet., 2008, 4, e1000125). al nAChR has particularly been studied for a putative role in cannabis addiction (Solinas M et al., J. Neurosci., 2007, 27, 5615-5620). Varenicline, a partial agonist at α4β2, has demonstrated better efficacy in reducing the smoking addiction and relapse prevention in comparison to buproprion (Ebbert JO et al., Patient. Prefer. Adherence, 2010, 4, 355-362).
[0010] Presence of a high-affinity nicotine binding site at α4β2 nAChR, in the descending inhibitory pathways from brainstem has sparked interest in the antinociceptive properties of nicotinic ACh receptor agonists like epibatidine (Decker MW et al., Expert. Opin. Investig. Drugs, 2001, 10, 1819-1830). Several new developments have opened the area for use of nicotinic modulators for therapy of pain (Rowbotham MCetal., Pain, 2009,146,245-252). Appropriate modulation of the nicotinic ACh receptors could provide for remedial approach to pain related states.
[0011] Another key role of the al nAChR is the ability to modulate the production of pro-inflammatory cytokines, like interleukins (IL), tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF-α), and high mobility group box (HMGB-1) in the central nervous system. Consequently, an anti-inflammatory and antinociceptive effect in pain disorders have been demonstrated (Damaj Ml et al., Neuropharmacology. 2000, 39, 2785-2791). Additionally, ’cholinergic anti-inflammatory pathway’ is proposed to be a regulatory of local and systemic inflammation and neuro-immune interactions through neural and humoral pathways (Gallowitsch-Puerta M et al., Life Sci., 2007, 80, 2325-2329; Gallowitsch-Puerta and Pavlov 2007; Rosas-Ballina M etal., Mol. Med., 2009,15,195-202; Rosas-Ballina M et al., J. Intern. Med., 2009,265, 663-679). Selective modulators of nicotinic ACh receptors, particularly al type, like GTS-21, attenuate cytokine production and IL-Ιβ after endotoxin exposure. Furthermore, al nAChR are understood to have a central role in arthritis pathogenesis and potential therapeutic strategy for treatment of joint inflammation (Westman M et al., Scand. J. Immunol., 2009, 70, 136-140). A putative role for al nAChR has also been implicated in severe sepsis, endotoxemic shock and systemic inflammation (Jin Y et al. (2010) Int. J. Immunogenet., Liu C etal., Crit. Care. Med., 2009, 37, 634-641).
[0012] Angiogenesis, is a critical physiological process for the cell survival and pathologically important for cancer proliferation; several non-neural nicotinic ACh receptors, particularly a.l, α5, a3, β2, β4, are involved (Arias HR et al., Int. J. Biochem. Cell. Biol., 2009, 41, 1441-1451; Heeschen C et al., J. Clin. Invest., 2002, 110, 527-536). A role of nicotinic ACh receptors in the development of cervical cancer, lung carcinogenesis and paediatric lung disorders in smoking-exposed population has also been studied (Calleja-Macias IE et al., Int. J. Cancer., 2009, 124, 1090-1096; Schuller HM et al., Eur. J. Pharmacol., 2000, 393, 265-277). Several a,l nAChR agonists, partial agonists, have been characterized for their efficacy in clinical and preclinical studies. EVP-6124, an agonist at al nAChR, has demonstrated significant improvement in sensory processing and cognition biomarkers in Phase lb study with patients suffering from schizophrenia (EnVivo Pharmaceuticals press release 2009, Jan 12). GTS-21 (DMXB-Anabaseine), an al nAChR agonist, in the P II clinical trials, has shown efficacy in improving cognitive deficits in schizophrenia and inhibition of endotoxin-induced TNF-α release (Olincy A et al., Biol. Psychiatry, 2005, 57 (8, Suppl.), Abst 44; Olincy A et al., Arch. Gen. Psychiatry, 2006, 63, 630-638; Goldstein R et al., Acad. Emerg. Med., 2007, 14 (15, Suppl. 1), Abst 474). CP-810123, a al nAChR agonist, exhibits protection against the scopolamine-induced dementia and inhibition of amphetamine-induced auditory evoked potentials in preclinical studies (O’Donnell CJ etal., J. Med. Chem., 2010,53,1222-1237). SSR-180711A, also an al nAChR agonist, enhances learning and memory, and protects against MK-801/Scopolamine-induced memory loss and prepulse inhibition in preclinical studies (Redrobe JP et al., Eur. J. Pharmacol., 2009, 602, 58-65; Dunlop J et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 2009, 328, 766-776; Pichat P et al., Neuropsychopharmacology, 2007, 32,17-34). SEN-12333, protected against scopolamine-induced amnesia in passive avoidance test in preclinical studies (Roncarati R et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 2009, 329, 459-468). AR-R-17779, an agonist at al nAChR, exhibits improvement in the social recognition task performed in rats (Van KM et al., Psychopharmacology (Berl), 2004, 172, 375-383). ABBF, an agonist at a7 nAChR, improves social recognition memory and working memory in Morris maze task in rats (Boess FG et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 2007, 321,716-725). TC-5619, a selective al nAChR agonist has demonstrated efficacy in animal models of positive and negative symptoms and cognitive dysfunction in schizophrenia (Hauser TA et al., Biochem. Pharmacol., 2009, 78, 803-812).
[0013] An alternative strategy to reinforce or potentiate the endogenous cholinergic neurotransmission of ACh without directly stimulating the target receptor is the positive allosteric modulation (PAM) of a.7 nAChR (Albuquerque EX et al., Alzheimer Dis. Assoc. Disord., 2001, 15 Suppl 1, S19-S25). Several PAMs have been characterized, albeit in the preclinical stages of discovery. A-86774, al nAChR PAM, improves sensory gating in DBA/2 mice by significantly reducing the T:C ratio in a preclinical model of schizophrenia (Faghih R et al., J. Med. Chem., 2009, 52, 3377-3384). XY-4083, an al nAChR PAM, normalizes the sensorimotor gating deficits in the DBA/2 mice and memory acquisition in 8-arm radial maze without altering the receptor desensitization kinetics (Ng HJ et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., U. S. A., 2007, 104, 8059-8064). Yet another PAM, PNU-120596, profoundly alters al nAChR desensitization kinetics and simultaneously protecting against the disruption of prepulse inhibition by MK-801. NS-1738, another PAM, has exhibited efficacy in-vivo in the animal models of social recognition and spatial memory acquisition in the Morris maze task (Timmermann DB etal., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 2007,323,294-307). In addition, several patents/applications published are listed below - US20060142349, US20070142450, US20090253691, W02007031440, WO2009115547, W02009135944, WO2009127678, WO2009127679, W02009043780, W02009043784, US7683084, US7741364, W02009145996, US20100240707, WO2011064288, US20100222398, US20100227869, EP1866314, WO2010130768, WO2011036167, US20100190819 disclose efficacy of allosteric modulators of nicotinic ACh receptors and underscoring their therapeutic potential.
Summary of the Invention [0014] According to one aspect of the present invention there is provided compounds represented by the general formula I, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomers, its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them. Thus the present invention further provides a pharmaceutical composition, containing the compounds of the general formula (I) as defined herein, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomers, its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, in combination with the usual pharmaceutically employed carriers, diluents and the like are useful for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of diseases or disorder or condition such as Alzheimer’s disease (AD), mild cognitive impairment (MCI), senile dementia, vascular dementia, dementia of Parkinson’s disease, attention deficit disorder, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), dementia associated with Lewy bodies, AIDS dementia complex (ADC), Pick’s disease, dementia associated with Down’s syndrome, Huntington’s disease, cognitive deficits associated with traumatic brain injury (TBI), cognitive decline associated with stroke, poststroke neuroprotection, cognitive and sensorimotor gating deficits associated with schizophrenia, cognitive deficits associated with bipolar disorder, cognitive Impairments associated with depression, acute pain, post-surgical or postoperative pain, chronic pain, inflammation, inflammatory pain, neuropathic pain, smoking cessation, need for new blood vessel growth associated with wound healing, need for new blood vessel growth associated with vascularization of skin grafts, and lack of circulation, arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, Crohn’s disease, ulcerative colitis, pouchitis, inflammatory bowel disease, celiac disease, periodontitis, sarcoidosis, pancreatitis, organ transplant dejection, acute immune disease associated with organ transplantation, chronic immune disease associated with organ transplantation, septic shock, toxic shock syndrome, sepsis syndrome, depression, and rheumatoid spondylitis.
[0015] The present invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition, containing the compounds of the general formula (I) as defined herein, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomers, its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, in combination with the usual pharmaceutically employed carriers, diluents and the like are useful for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of diseases or disorder or condition classified or diagnosed as major or minor neurocognitive disorders, or disorders arising due to neurodegeneration.
[0016] Also described herein is a method of administering a compound of formula I, as defined herein in combination with or as adjunct to medications used in the treatment of attention deficit hyperactivity disorders, schizophrenia, and other cognitive disorders such as Alzheimer’s disease, Parkinson’s dementia, vascular dementia or dementia associated with Levy bodies, traumatic brain injury.
[0017] Also described herein is a method of administering a compound of formula I, as defined herein in combination with or as an adjunct to acetylcholinesterase inhibitors, disease modifying drugs or biologies for neurodegenerative disorders, dopaminergic drugs, antidepressants, typical or an atypical antipsychotic.
[0018] The present invention also provides use of a compound of formula I as definded herein in the preparation of a medicament for treating a disease or disorder or condition selected from the group classified or diagnosed as major or minor neurocognitive disorders, or disorders arising due to neurodegeneration, [0019] The present invention also provides use of a compound of formula I as defended herein in the preparation of a medicament for treating a disease or disorder or condition selected from the group consisting of attention deficit hyperactivity disorders, schizophrenia, cognitive disorders, Alzheimer’s disease, Parkinson’s dementia, vascular dementia or dementia associated with Lewy bodies, and traumatic brain injury.
[0020] The present disclosure also provides use of compound of formula I as defined herein in combination with or as an adjunct to acetylcholinesterase inhibitors, disease modifying drugs or biologies for neurodegenerative disorders, dopaminergic drugs, antidepressants, or a typical or atypical antipsychotic.
Detailed Description of the invention: [0021] The present invention relates to novel compounds of the general formula I, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomers, its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them.
ro wherein, in the compound of formula I, Z is selected from the group consisting of-S-, -O- and -N(Ra)-;
Ra is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl; R1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, halogen, perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, cyano, nitro, (R7)(R8)N-, R7aC(=0)N(R7)-, (R7)(R8)NC(=A1)N(R9)-, R7a0C(=0)NR9-, R7aS02N(R8)-, R7A1-, and R7aC(=0)-; R3 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, wherein each of the said optionally substituted cycloalkyl and optionally substituted heterocyclyl is optionally annulated or optionally bridged, (R7)(R8)N-, (R7)N(OR8)-, and R7A1-; [R4]m is’m’ times repetition of ’R4’ groups, each R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, R7aC(=0)-, R7aS02- R7A1-, (R7a)C(=0)N(R9)-, (R7)(R8)N-, (R7)(R8)NC(=A1)N(R9)-; wherein m = 0 to 3; or two R4 groups and the carbon atoms to which they are attached together form an optionally substituted 5- to 6- membered cyclic system which optionally contains 1 to 4 hetero atoms/groups selected from the group consisting of -N-, -S-, -Ο-, - C(=0)-, and -C(=S)-; R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, R7aC(=0)-, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl; or R5 and R6 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 3-to 10- membered optionally substituted saturated/unsaturated heterocyclic ring system containing one to three hetero atoms/groups selected from the group consisting of-S-, -N-, -Ο-, - C(=0)-, and -C(=S)-; wherein R7, R8, and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, and optionally substituted hetero-cyclyl; A1 is selected from the group consisting of O and S; R7a is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, and optionally substituted heterocyclyl; wherein, the term "optionally substituted alkyl", means a alkyl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 6 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl, hereroaryl, cycloalkyl, R10aSO2-, R1°A1 -, R10aOC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(=A1)N(H)-, and (R10)(alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)-; the term "optionally substituted alkenyl", means a alkenyl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 6 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl, hereroaryl, cycloalkyl, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, Ri0aOC(=O)-, Ri0aC(=o)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(=A1)N(H)-, and (R10)(alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)-; the term "optionally substituted alkynyl", means a alkynyl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 6 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl, hereroaryl, cycloalkyl, R10aSO2-, r10A1-, Ri0aoC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(=A1)N(H)-, and (R10)(alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)-; the term "optionally substituted heteroalkyl" means a heteroalkyl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 6 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl, hereroaryl, and cycloalkyl; the term "optionally substituted cycloalkyl" means a cycloalkyl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 6 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl, hereroaryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, R10aC(=O)-, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, R10aOC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(=O)-, RiOaC(=0)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(=A1)N(H)-, and (R10)(alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)-; the term "optionally substituted aryl" means (i) an aryl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of halogen, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1 to C6 alkyl, C2 to C6 alkenyl, C2 to C6 alkynyl, C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, C1 to C6 perhaloalkyl, alkyl-O-, alkenyl-Ο-, alkynyl-O-, perhaloalkyl-Ο-, alkyl-N(alkyl)-, alkyl-N(H)-, H2N-, alkyl-S02-, perhaloalkyl-S02-, alkyl-C(=0)N(alkyl)-, alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, alkyl-N(alkyl)C(=0)-, alkyl-N(H)C(=0)-, H2NC(=0)-, alkyl-N(alkyl)S02-, alkyl-N(H)S02-, H2NS02-, 3- to 6- membered heterocycle containing 1 to 2 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O and S, wherein the said 3- to 6-membered heterocycle is optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or alkyl-C(=0)-or (ii) the said substituted or unsubstituted aryl ring optionally fused with cycloalkane ring or heterocycle ring containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from S, Ο, N, across a bond, wherein the said cycloalkane ring or heterocycle ring is optionally substituted with oxo, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl or alkyl-C(=0)-: the term "optionally substituted heterocyclyl" means a (i) heterocyclyl group unsubstituted or substituted on ring carbons with 1 to 6 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl, hereroaryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, R10A1-, R10aOC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(O)-, Rl0aC(=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(=A1)N(H)-, and (R10)(alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)-; (ii) heterocyclyl group optionally substituted on ring nitrogen(s) with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hereroaryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, R10aC(=O)-, R10aSO2-, R10aOC(=O)-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(=O)-, and aryl unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected independently from halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cyano or nitro; the term "optionally substituted heteroaryl" means a heteroaryl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of halogen, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1 to C6 alkyl, C2 to C6 alkenyl, C2 to C6 alkynyl, C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, C1 to C6 perhaloalkyl, alkyl-O-, alkenyl-Ο-, alkynyl-Ο-, perhaloalkyl- O-, alkyl-N(alkyl)-, alkyl-N(H)-, H2N-, alkyl-S02-, perhaloalkyl-S02-, alkyi-C(=0)N(alkyl)-, alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, alkyl-N(alkyl)C(=0)-, alkyl-N(H)C(=0)-, H2NC(=0)-, alkyl-N(alkyl)S02-, alkyl-N(H)S02-, H2NS02-, and 3-to 6-membered heterocycle containing 1 to 2 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O and S, wherein the heterocycle is optionally substituted with one to four substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl alkenyl, alkynyl, or alkyl-C(=0)-; the term "optionally substituted 5- to 6- membered cyclic system" means the 5- to 6- membered cyclic system unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl, hereroaryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, R10aC(=O)-, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, R10aOC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(=A1)N(H)-, and (R10)(alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)-: the term "3- to 10- membered optionally substituted saturated/unsaturated heterocyclic ring system" the 3- to 10-membered saturated/unsaturated heterocyclic ring system unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl, hereroaryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, R10aC(=O)-, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, R10aOC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(alkyl)N-, (R1°)(H)NC(=A1)N(H)-, and (R10)(alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)-: wherein R10 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; and R10a is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, perhaloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl.
[0022] Whenever a range of the number of atoms in a structure is indicated (e.g., a C.|_i2, C.|_8, C^g. or alkyl, alkylamino, etc.), it is specifically contemplated that any sub-range or individual number of carbon atoms falling within the indicated range also can be used. Thus, for instance, the recitation of a range of 1-8 carbon atoms (e.g., C^Cg), 1-6 carbon atoms (e.g., C^Cg), 1-4 carbon atoms (e.g., C.|-C4), 1-3 carbon atoms (e.g., C.1-C3), or 2-8 carbon atoms (e.g., C2-C8) as used with respect to any chemical group (e.g., alkyl, alkylamino, etc.) referenced herein encompasses and specifically describes 1,2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, and/or 12 carbon atoms, as appropriate, as well as any sub-range thereof (e.g., 1-2 carbon atoms, 1-3 carbon atoms, 1-4 carbon atoms, 1-5 carbon atoms, 1-6 carbon atoms, 1-7 carbon atoms, 1-8 carbon atoms, 1-9 carbon atoms, 1-10 carbon atoms, 1-11 carbon atoms, 1-12 carbon atoms, 2-3 carbon atoms, 2-4 carbon atoms, 2-5 carbon atoms, 2-6 carbon atoms, 2-7 carbon atoms, 2-8 carbon atoms, 2-9 carbon atoms, 2- 10 carbon atoms, 2-11 carbon atoms, 2-12 carbon atoms, 3-4 carbon atoms, 3-5 carbon atoms, 3-6 carbon atoms, 3- 7 carbon atoms, 3-8 carbon atoms, 3-9 carbon atoms, 3-10 carbon atoms, 3-11 carbon atoms, 3-12 carbon atoms, 4- 5 carbon atoms, 4-6 carbon atoms, 4-7 carbon atoms, 4-8 carbon atoms, 4-9 carbon atoms, 4-10 carbon atoms, 4-11 carbon atoms, and/or 4-12 carbon atoms, etc., as appropriate).
[0023] One of the embodiment of the present invention is compound of formula la;
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6 and m are as defined above.
[0024] Another embodiment of the present invention is compound of formula lb;
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, Ra and m are as defined above.
[0025] Yet another embodiment of the present invention is compound of formula Ic;
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6 and m are as defined above.
[0026] In any of the embodiments of the invention described above, R1 is particularly selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, furanyl, indolyl, N-methylisoindolyl, benzofuranyl, piperazinyl, 4-(4-fluorophenyl)piperazinyl, morpholinyl, in-dolinyl, 2-oxoindolinyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxinyl, benzopyranyl, or phenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected from group comprising of halo, cyclopropyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, ethyl, dimethylamino, monomethylamino, tert-butyl and 4-methylpiperazinyl.
[0027] In any of the embodiments described above, R2 is particularly selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, dimethylamino and dimethylaminomethyl.
[0028] In any of the embodiments described above, R3 is particularly selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, methoxy, ethoxy, dimethylamino, N-methoxy-N-methyl amino, N-(2-hydroxy ethyl)-N-propyl amino, acetylaminomethyl and piperidinyl.
[0029] In any of the embodiments described above, R5 and R6 are particularly selected independently from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl, or R4 and R5 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperidine ring.
[0030] In any of the embodiments described above, m is particularly selected from 0, 1 or 2, and R4 is selected from methyl or two R4s together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached forming a six membered carbocycle.
[0031] In any of the embodiments described above, Ra is particularly selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl and cyclopropylmethyl.
[0032] In any of the embodiments of the present invention of the compound of formula I, R1 is selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, furanyl, indolyl, N-methylisoindolyl, benzofuranyl, piperazinyl, 4-(4-fluorophenyl)piperazinyl, morpholinyl, indolinyl, 2-oxoindolinyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxinyl, benzopyranyl, and phenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected from group consisting of halo, cyclopropyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, ethyl, dimethylamino, monomethylamino and tert-butyl, 4-methylpiperazinyl; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, dimethylamino and dimethylaminomethyl; R3 is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, methoxy, ethoxy, dimethylamino, N-methoxy-N-methyl amino, N-(2-hydroxy ethyl)-N-propyl amino, acetylaminomethyl, piperidinyl; R5 and R6 are selected independently from hydrogen and methyl, or R5 and R6 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperidine ring: m is selected from 0,1 or 2, and R4 is selected from methyl or two R4s together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a six membered carbocycle; and Ra is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl and cyclopropylmethyl.
[0033] In any of the embodiments described above, R1 is particularly selected from the group consisting of 4-chlo-rophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-cyclopropylphenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 4-methoxyphe-nyl, 4-ethoxyphenyl, 3-ethoxyphenyl, 4-tolyl, 4-tert-butyl phenyl, 4-dimethylaminophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, phenyl, 4-ethyl-phenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl, 3-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl, piperazin-1-yl, 4-(fluorophenyl)piperazinyl, morpholino, pyridin-4-yl, pyridin-3-yl, furan-3-yl, 1H-indol-5-yl, 1-methyl-1H-indol-5-yl, benzofuran-5-yl, indolin-5-yl, 4-(4-methylpiperaziny-1-yl)phenyl, and 2,3-dihydrobenzo[fo][1,4]dioxin-6-yl).
[0034] In any of the embodiments described above, Z is particularly selected as S.
[0035] General terms used in formula can be defined as follows; however, the meaning stated should not be interpreted as limiting the scope of the term per se.
[0036] The term "alkyl", as used herein, means a straight chain or branched hydrocarbon containing from 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Preferably the alkyl chain may contain 1 to 10 carbon atoms. More preferably alkyl chain may contain up to 6 carbon atoms. Representative examples of alkyl include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl. iso-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl and n-hexyl.
[0037] The term "alkenyl" as used herein, means an ’alkyl’ group as defined hereinabove containing 2 to 20 carbon atoms and containing at least one double bond.
[0038] The term "alkynyl" as used herein, means an ’alkyl’ group as defined hereinabove containing 2 to 20 carbon atoms and containing at least one triple bond.
[0039] ’Alkyl’, ’alkenyl’ or ’alkynyl’ as defined hereinabove may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected independently from the group comprising of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl, hereroaryl, cycloalkyl, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, R10aOC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(=O)-, R10C(=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(=A1)N(H)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)-; wherein R10 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; and A1 is selected from S and O; and R10a is selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl perhaloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl.
[0040] The term "perhaloalkyl" used herein means an alkyl group as defined hereinabove wherein all the hydrogen atoms of the said alkyl group are substituted with halogen. The perhaloalkyl group is exemplified by trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl and the like.
[0041] The term "heteroalkyl" as used herein means hetero modified ’alkyl’ group, where a CH2 group is modified (or replaced) by -Ο-, -S-, -S(02)-, -S(O)-, -N(Rm)-, Si(Rm)Rn-wherein, Rm and Rn are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl. The group there by includes the linkages like CH3-S-, CH3-CH2-0-, CH3-0-CH2-, CH3-S-CH2-, CH3-N(Rm)-CH2-, CH3-Si(RIII)Rn-CH2- and the like.
[0042] The term "cycloalkyl" as used herein, means a monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic non-aromatic ring system containing from 3 to 14 carbon atoms, preferably monocyclic cycloalkyl ring containing 3 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of monocyclic ring systems include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Bicyclic ring systems are also exemplified by a bridged monocyclic ring system in which two non-adjacent carbon atoms of the monocyclic ring are linked by an alkylene bridge. Representative examples of bicyclic ring systems include, but are not limited to, bicyclo[3.1,1]heptane, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane, bicyclo[3.2.2]nonane, bicyclo[3.3.1]non-ane, and bicyclo[4.2.1]nonane, bicyclo[3.3.2]decane, bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, bicyclo[410]heptane, bicyclo[3.2.0]hep-tanes, octahydro-1 H-indene. Tricyclic ring systems are also exemplified by a bicyclic ring system in which two non-adjacent carbon atoms of the bicyclic ring are linked by a bond or an alkylene bridge. Representative examples of tricyclic-ring systems include, but are not limited to, tricyclo[3.3.1,03-7]nonane and tricyclo[3.3.1,13-7]decane (adaman-tane). The term cycloalkyl also include spiro systems wherein one of the ring is annulated on a single carbon atom such ring systems are exemplified byspiro[2.5]octane, spiro[4.5]decane, spiro[bicyclo[4.1.0]heptane-2,1’-cyclopentane], hex-ahydro-2’H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1’-pentalene]. cycloalkyl as defined hereinabove may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected independently from the group comprising of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl, hereroaryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, R10aC(=O)-, R10aSO2-, R10A1-,R10aOC(=O)-,R10aC(=O)O-,(R10)(H)NC(=O)-,(R10)(alkyl)NC(=O)-,R10aC(=O)N(H)-,(R10)(H)N-,(R10)(alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(=A1)N(H)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)-; wherein R10 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; and A1 is selected from S and O; and R10a is selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, perhaloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl [0043] The term "aryl" refers to a monovalent monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring system. Examples of aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, fluorenyl indenyl, azulenyl, and the like. Aryl group also include partially saturated bicyclic and tricyclic aromatic hydrocarbons such as tetrahydro-naphthalene. The said aryl group also includes aryl rings fused with heteroaryl or heterocyclic rings such as 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl; 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-5-yl; 2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl: 2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-4-yl; 2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-6-yl; 2.3- dihydro-benzofuran-6yl; 2,3-dihydro-1 H-indol-5-yl; 2,3-dihydro-1 H-indol-4-yl; 2,3-dihydro-1 H-indol-6-yl; 2,3-dihydro-1 H-indol-7-yl; benzo[1,3]dioxol-4-yl; benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl; 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl; 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl; 2.3- dihydrobenzothien-4-yl, 2-oxoindolin-5-yl, [0044] Aryl as defined hereinabove may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected independently from the group comprising of halogen, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1 to C6 alkyl, C2 to C6 alkenyl, C2 to C6 alkynyl, C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, C1 to C6 perhaloalkyl, alkyl-O-, alkenyl-Ο-, alkynyl-O-, perhaloalkyl-Ο-, alkyl-N(alkyl)-, alkyl-N(H)-, H2N-, alkyl-S02- perhaloalkyl-S02-, alkyl-C(=0)N(alkyl)-, alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, alkyl-N(alkyl)C(=0)-, alkyl-N(H)C(=0)-, H2NC(=0)-, alkyl-N(alkyl)S02-, alkyl-N(H)S02-, H2NS02-, 3 to 6 membered heterocycle containing 1 to 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or alkyl-C(=0)-.
[0045] The term "heteroaryl" refers to a 5-14 membered monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic ring system having 1-4 ring heteroatoms selected from Ο, N, or S, and the remainder ring atoms being carbon (with appropriate hydrogen atoms unless otherwise indicated), wherein, at least one ring in the ring system is aromatic. Heteroaryl groups may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents. In one embodiment, 0, 1,2. 3, or 4 atoms of each ring of a heteroaryl group may be substituted by a substituent. Examples of heteroaryl groups include pyridyl, 1-oxo-pyridyl,furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, quinolinyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl. triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoquinolinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzofuranyl, indolizinyl, imidazopyridyl, tetrazolyl, benzimi-dazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, imidazopyridyl, quinazolinyl, purinyl, pyr-rolo[2,3]pyrimidinyl, pyrazolo[3,4]pyrimidinyl, and benzo(b)thienyl, 2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1H-pyrazolo[5,1-c]-1,2,4-triazolyl, pyrrolo[3,4-d]-1,2,3-triazolyl, cyclopentatriazolyl, 3H-pyrrolo[3,4-c] isoxazolyl and the like.
[0046] Heteroaryl as defined hereinabove may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected independently from the group comprising of halogen, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1 to C6 alkyl, C2 to C6 alkenyl, C2 to C6 alkynyl, C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, C1 to C6 perhaloalkyl, alkyl-O-, alkenyl-Ο-, alkynyl-O-, perhaloalkyl-Ο-, alkyl-N(alkyl)-, alkyl-N(H)-, H2N-, alkyl-S02-, perhaloalkyl-S02-, alkyl-C(=0)N(alkyl)-, alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, alkyl-N(alkyl)C(=0)-, alkyl-N(H)C(=0)-, H2NC(=0)-, alkyl-N(alkyl)S02-, alkyl-N(H)S02-, H2NS02-, 3 to 6 membered heterocycle containing 1 to 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl or alkyl-C(=0)-.
[0047] The term "heterocycle" or "heterocyclic" as used herein, means a ’cycloalkyl’ group wherein one or more of the carbon atoms replaced by -Ο-, -S-, -S(02)-, -S(O)-, - N(Rm)-, _Si(Rm)Rn", wherein, Rm and Rn are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl. The heterocycle may be connected to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or any nitrogen atom contained within the heterocycle. Representative examples of monocyclic heterocycle include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, azepanyl, aziridinyl, di-azepanyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 1,3-dithiolanyl, 1,3-dithianyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolinyl, isothia-zolidinyl, isoxazolinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, oxadiazolinyl. oxadiazolidinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyranyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl. pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, thiadiazolinyl, thiadiazolidinyl, thiazolinyl, thiazolidinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1.1-dioxidothiomorpholinyl (thiomorpholine sulfone). thiopyra-nyl, and trithianyl. Representative examples of bicyclic heterocycle include, but are not limited to 1,3-benzodioxolyl, 1,3-benzodithiolyl, 2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodioxinyl, 2,3-dihydro-1-benzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydro-1-benzothienyl, 2,3-dihydro-1H-indolyl and 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl. The term heterocycle also include bridged heterocyclic systems such as azabi-cyclo[3.2.1]octane, azabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane and the like.
[0048] Heterocyclyl group may optionally be substituted on ring carbons with one or more substituents selected independently from the group comprising of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl, hereroaryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, R10A1-, Rl0aOC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(O)-, R10aC(=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(=A1)N(H)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)-; wherein R10 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; and A1 is selected from S and O; and R10a is selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, perhaloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl.
[0049] Heterocyclyl group may further optionally be substituted on ring nitrogen(s) with substituents selected from the group comprising of aryl, hereroaryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, R10aC(=O)-, R10aSO2-, R10aOC(=O)-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(=O)-; wherein R10 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; and R10a is selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, perhaloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl.
[0050] The term ’oxo’ means a divalent oxygen (=0) attached to the parent group. For example oxo attached to carbon forms a carbonyl, oxo substituted on cyclohexane forms a cyclohexanone, and the like.
[0051] The term ’annulated’ means the ring system under consideration is annulated with another ring either at a carbon atom of the cyclic system or across a bond of the cyclic system as in the case of fused or spiro ring systems.
[0052] The term ’bridged’ means the ring system under consideration contain an alkylene bridge having 1 to 4 methylene units joining two non adjuscent ring atoms.
[0053] A compound its stereoisomers, racemates, pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as described hereinabove wherein the compound of general formula I is selected from: 1.4- (5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide. 2. 4-(5-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide. 3. 4-(5-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide. 4. 4-(5-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide. 5. 4-(5-(4-cyclopropylphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide. 6. 4-(4-methyl-2-propionyl-5-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)thiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide. 7. 4-(5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide. 8. 4-(5-(4-ethoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide. 9. 4-(4-methyl-2-propionyl-5-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)thiophen-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide. 10. 4-(4-methyl-2-propionyl-5-(4-tolyl)thiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide. 11.4- (5-(4-(ferf-butyl)phenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide. 12. 4-((5-(4-dimethylamino)phenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide. 13. 4-(5-(3-fluorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide. 14. 4-(4-methyl-5-phenyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide. 15. 4-(5-(3-ethoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide. 16. 4-(5-(4-ethylphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide. 17. 4-(5-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide. 18. 4-(5-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide. 19. 4-(5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide. 20. 4-(5-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide. 21.4- (5-(3-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthlophen-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide. 22. 4-(4-methyl-5-(piperazin-1-yl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide. 23. 4-(5-(4-(4-fluorophenyl)piperazin-1-yl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide. 24. 4-(4-methyl-5-morpholino-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide. 25. 4-(4-methyl-2-propionyl-5-(pyridin-4-yl)thiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide. 26. 4-(4-methyl-2-propionyl-5-(pyridin-3-yl)thiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide. 27. 4-(5-(furan-3-yl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide. 28. 4-(5-(1 /-/-indol-5-yl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide. 29. 4-(4-methyl-5-(1-methyl-1/-/-indol-5-yl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide. 30. 4-(5-(benzofuran-5-yl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide. 31.4- (5-(indolin-5-yl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide. 32. 4-(4-methyl-5-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide. 33. 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide. 34. 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-(dimethylamino)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide. 35. 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-((dimethylamino)methyl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide. 36. 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-/\/,/\/,4-trimethyl-3-(4-sulphamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxamide. 37. 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-/\/-methoxy-A/,4-dimethyl-3-(4-sulphamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxamide. 38. 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-/\/-(2-hydroxyethyl)-4-methyl-N-propyl-3-(4-sulphamoyl phenyl)thiophene-2-carboxamide. 39. 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-(piperidine-1-carbonyl)thiophen-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide. 40. 4-(2-acetyl-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide. 41.4- (5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)-2-methylbenzene sulfonamide. 42. methyl 4-methyl-5-(2-oxoindolin-5-yl)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophen-2-carboxylate. 43. ethyl 4-methyl-5-(2-oxoindolin-5-yl)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophen-2-carboxylate. 44. 4-(4-methyl-5-(4-mehylaminophenyl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide. 45. 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide. 46. 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide. 47. 4-(5-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide. 48. 1-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-(piperidin-1-ylsulfonyl)phenyl) thiophen-2-yl)propan-1-one 49. 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1/-/-pyrrol-3-yl) benzene sulfonamide. 50. 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-A/,A/,1,4-tetramethyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-2-carboxamide. 51.4- (5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-ethyl-4-methyl-2-propionyl-1/-/-pyrrol-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide. 52. 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-methyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol- 3-yl) benzene sulfonamide. 53. 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionyl-1/-/-pyrrol-3-yl) benzene sulfonamide. 54. 4-(5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzene sulfonamide. 55. 4-(5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzene sulfonamide. 56. 4-(2-butyryl -5- (4- chlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl -1H- pyrrol -3- yl) benzene sulfonamide. 57. 4-(5-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzene sulfonamide. 58. 4-(5-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin- 6 -yl) -1,4- dimethyl -2- propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzene sulfonamide. 59. ethyl 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro naphthalen-1-yl)thiophene-2-carboxylate. 60. ethyl 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)furan-2-carboxylate [0054] Scheme 1 shows a method of preparation of a compound in accordance with an embodiment of the formula la. Compound of formula la can be prepared from compound of formula VI, where R1, R2, R4, R5, R6 and m are same as described under generic formula la.
SCHEME 1 [0055] Compound of formula VI can be converted to its corresponding acid chloride using standard procedures known in synthetic organic chemistry or preferably by reaction with oxalyl chloride in dichloromethane along with DMF followed by reaction with Λ/,Ο-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride in presence of triethylamine in dichloromethane to provide compound of formula VII.
[0056] Compound of the formula VII is reacted with a Grignard reagent R3MgX1 wherein R3 is selected from optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted hererocyclyl which may be optionally annulatedoroptionally bridged, and X1 is a halogen, to obtain compound of formula la, where R3 is selected from optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted hererocyclyl which may be optionally annulated or optionally bridged, and R5 and R6 are same as described under general formula I or la. The reaction of compound of formula VII with R3MgX1 may be carried out according to the procedure given in literature such as J. Med. Chem., 2009, 52, 3377.
[0057] Compound of formula VI, where R5 = R6 = hydrogen, can be converted to acid chloride using oxalyl chloride in dichloromethane along with DMF followed by reaction with Λ/,Ο-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride in presence of triethylamine in dichloromethane to provide compound of formula Vila, which can then be further converted to compound of formula la by reacting with R3MgX1 as described herein above.
[0058] Compound of formula VI is alternatively reacted with (R7)(R8)NH, (R7)(OR8)NH, or R7OH, where R7 and R8 are as defined under definition of R3 in general formula la or I, to obtain compound of formula la, where R5 and R6 are same as described under compound of formula I or la and R3 is selected from the group consisting of (R7)(R8)N-, (R7)(OR8)N-, and R70-, wherein R7 and R8 are as defined under definition of R3 in general formula la or I. The reaction was carried out according to the conditions known in converting carboxylic acids to amides and esters as known to one skilled in the art. The reaction may be carried out in the presence of solvents, for example, DMF, THF, a halogenated hydrocarbon such as chloroform and dichloromethane, an aromatic hydrocarbon such as xylene, benzene, toluene, or mixtures thereof or the like, in the presence of suitable base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine or the like at a temperature between 0-50°C using reagents such as 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodimide hydrochloride (EDCI), 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), and auxiliary reagents such as 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (HOAT), hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (HOBT) or the like.
[0059] Compound of formula la where R1, R2, and R3 are the same as described under compound of formula I or la, and R5 and R6 are as described under formula I or la excluding hydrogen were prepared by further reaction of compounds of formula la where R5 and R6 are hydrogen, with the reagents selected from R5L1 and R6L1, where L1 is halogen or -B(OH)2 in presence of a base or using appropriate conditions given in literature such as Tetrahedron letters 2005, 46(43), 7295-7298, Tetrahedron letters 2003, 44(16), 3385-3386, US2003236413, Synthetic Communications 2009, 39(12), 2082-2092, Tetrahedron letters 2010, 51(15), 2048-2051, Tetrahedron letters 2008, 49(18), 2882-2885, and J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 2005, 127(36), 12640-12646.
[0060] Scheme 2 shows a method of preparation of compound of formula VI from compound of formula II and an alternative method for compound VI from compound of formula VIII.
SCHEME 2 [0061] Compound of formula VI, where R1 is as described under compound of generic formula la and R2 is selected from optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, R7A1- and R7aC(=0)-, can be prepared from compound represented by general formula II, where Ak is alkyl group, R1 is optionally substituted, optionally fused aryl; optionally substituted, optionally fused heteroaryl; wherein, aryl and hereroaryl include the fused ring systems wherein the aryl or heteroaryl ring is fused with saturated cyclic system; and R2 is selected from optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, R7A1-and R7aC(=0)-, Compound of formula 11 was in turn prepared by the procedures described in the literature such as US5608082 and W02007092751. Groups covered under R2 can be transformed from one to other in any of the succeeding steps of Scheme 1 or 2 by general group transformation method.
[0062] Compound of formula II on halogenation gave compound of formula III, where L is a halogen and other symbols are the same as defined earlier for compound of formula II. Halogenation can be carried out under a condition generally used in the synthetic organic chemistry using halogenating agents such as bromine, phosphorous tribromide, bromine chloride, aluminium tribromide, hydrogen iodide/iodine, iodine chloride, N-iodosuccinimide, iodine/sulfuric acid and N-chlorosuccinimide. The inventors have carried out bromination using bromine in the presence of zinc chloride.
[0063] Compound of formula III as obtained in the previous step was subjected to Suzuki coupling with compound of formula IV, where R4, R5, R6 and m are same as defined earlier in compound of formula la or I, to obtain compound of formula V where the symbols R1 and R2 are same as defined for compound of formula II and R4, R5, R6 and m are same as defined in general formula la or I. Suzuki coupling can be carried out under different coupling conditions with boronic acids and boronic esters well known in the art. Preferably, the Suzuki coupling is carried out in a mixture of water, ethanol, methanol and toluene, in presence of base such as potassium phosphate or potassium carbonate or the like, palladium catalyst such astetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) at 50°C or higher temperature. Boronic acid used in this reaction can be prepared by the methods well known in the art by hydrolysing the corresponding boronate. Boronates are generally commercially available. Besides, such boronates can also be prepared by reacting an appropriate iodo- or bromo compound with an alkyl lithium such as butyl lithium and then reacting with a borate ester or by methods well known in the art (EP 1012142; Review article by N. Miyaura and A. Suzuki, Chem. Rev., 1995, 95, 2547).
[0064] Ester hydrolysis of compound of formula V gave compound of formula VI, where R1, R2, R4 R5, R6 and m are the same as defined hereinabove for compound of formula V. Ester hydrolysis may be carried out using standard procedure generally used in synthetic organic chemistry or well known in the art with reagents such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide or the like in solvents such as water, alcohol, THF or the like or mixtures thereof. Preferably aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide and ethanol were used for the reaction.
[0065] Alternatively, compound of formula VI can be prepared starting from compound of formula VIII, where R2 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, R7A1- and R7aC(=0)-; Ak is alkyl group; andZ1 is bromo or amino, as follows.
[0066] Compound of formula VIII with Z1 as bromo, was obtained by converting the amino group (the said amino compound is commercially available) to the corresponding bromo group under a condition usually applied in Sandmayer’s reaction. This involves diazotization by reacting the corresponding amino compound with a nitrite eg. tert-butyl nitrite or the like, followed by halogen exchange, which may be conveniently accomplished by reaction with a copper halide, preferably copper(ll)bromide.
[0067] Compound of the formula VIII with Z1 as bromo was subjected to Suzuki coupling with the compound of formula IV, to obtain compound IX where the symbol R2 is the same as defined for compound of formula VIII above, and R4, R5, R6 and m are same as defined in general formula la.
[0068] Compound of the formula IX on bromination gave compound of formula X. Bromination can be carried out under a condition generally used in the synthetic organic chemistry using brominating agents. The inventers have carried out bromination using bromine.
[0069] Compound of the formula X was subjected to Suzuki Coupling with R1B(OH)2, wherein R1 is as defined in the generic formula la having point of attachment on carbon atom, to give compound of formula V where all the symbols R2, R4, R5, R6 and m are the same as defined in compound of formula IX and R1 is as defined in the generic formula la having point of attachment on carbon atom. Ester hydrolysis of compound of formula V to compound of formula VI is carried out by following the same procedure and reaction conditions as described earlier. Compound of formula VI so obtained was then converted to compound of formula la using the process described hereinabove in Scheme 1. The groups covered under R2 can be introduced or transformed from one to another to arrive at the required groups as covered in compound of formula la at the stage of compound of formula V or in the succeeding steps also.
[0070] Scheme 3 shows a method of preparation of a compound of formula VI, where, R2 is selected from the group consisting of (R7)(R8)N-, R7aC(=0)N(R7)-, (R7)(R8)NC(=A1)N(R9)-, R7a-0C(=0)N(R9)-, R7aS02N(R7)-, cyano, nitro and halogen from dibromo compound of formula XI, where Ak is alkyl group.
epupiuip O Compound VI, where, R2 is selected from (R7)(R8)N-, R8C(=0)N(R7)-, OV-r ° (R7)(R8)NC(=0)N(R9)-, R70C(=0)N(R8)-, R7S02N(R8)-, cyano, halogen or Nitro [0071] Compound of the formula VI, where, R2 is selected from (R7)(R8)N-, R7aC(=0)N(R7)-, (R7)(R8)NC(=0)N(R9)-, R7a0C(=0)N(R9)-, R7aS02N(R7)-, cyano, nitro and halogen can be prepared starting from the dibromo compound of formula XI as follows. Compound XI can be prepared by following the process provided in J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans.: Organic and Bioorganic chemistry (1972-1999), 1973, pages 1766 - 1770.
[0072] Compound of the formula XI on nitration gave compound XII, which upon reduction of the nitro group to an amino group gave compound of formula XIII. Nitration and its further reduction can be carried out under the conditions according to procedures generally known or used in synthetic organic chemistry. The inventers have carried out nitration using nitric acid, and reduction by the use of iron powder and acetic acid.
[0073] Compound of the formula XIII was further reacted with the reagents selected from R7L, R8L, R9L, where R7, R7a, R8 and R9 are as defined earlier except being hydrogen, and L is halogen, and/or reacted with the reagents selected from the group consisting of R7aC(=0)L, R7aN=C=0, R7aN=C=S and (R7)(R8)NC(=0)L, R7aA1C(=0)L, and R7aS02L, wherein R7, R7a and R8are as defined earlier under general formula I or la, and L is halogen, to obtain compound of formula XIV with R2 as (R7)(R8)N-, R7aC(=0)N(R7)- , (R7)(R8)NC(=A1)N(R9)-, R7a0C(=0)NR9-, R7aS02N(R7)-, R7A1-, or R7aC(=0)-, R2 in compound of formula XIV where R2 is R7a0C(=0)NR9- was conveniently converted to (R7)(R8)NC(=0)N(R9)- by reaction with the amine of formula (R7)(R8)NH in the presence of a suitable base such as alkalimetal alkoxides or triethylamine or by using an aluminum amide [Tetrahedron 60 (2004) 3439-43] in non-polar organic solvent such as toluene or a polar solvent such as tetrahydrofuran.
[0074] Compound of formula XIV or compound of formula XII were subjected to Suzuki coupling with boronic acid of the formula ’R1B(OH)2’, where R1 is the same as defined in general formula la, under standard Suzuki coupling conditions in presence of a base selected from potassium phosphate, potassium carbonate and the like, and a palladium catalyst tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) in a solvent selected from water, ethanol, methanol, toluene and mixtures thereof in any suitable proportion, to obtain compound of formula XV, where the definition of R1 is the same as defined in general formula la and R2 is (R7)(R8)N-, R7aC(=0)N(R7)-, (R7)(R8)NC(=A1)N(R9)-, R7a0C(=0)NR9-, R7aS02N(R7)-, R7A1-, R7aC(=0)- or nitro.
[0075] Compound of the formula XV was then subjected to Suzuki coupling with compound of formula IV to obtain compound of formula V where R1, R4, R5, R6 and m are the same as defined in general formula la, and R2 is (R7)(R8)N-, R7aC(=0)N(R7)- , (R7)(R8)NC(=A1)N(R9)-, R7a0C(=0)NR9-, R7aS02N(R7)-, R7A1-, R7aC(=0)-or nitro. Suzuki coupling has been carried out by following the same procedure as described earlier. The compound of formula V was further converted to the compound of formula VI by the application of procedures described hereinabove. Compound of formula V, where R2 is nitro, the nitro group of the said compound can be further converted to cyano or halogen by known functional group conversion methods.
[0076] Scheme 4 shows method of preparation of a compound of formula VI, where, R2 is hydrogen, from dibromo compound of formula XI, where Ak is alkyl group.
[0077] Compound of formula XI was first coupled with boronic acid of formula ’R1B(OH)2’, where R1 is the same as defined in general formula la having point of attachment as carbon atom by Suzuki coupling to obtain compound of formula XVI, which was then subjected to Suzuki coupling with compound of formula IV to give the compound of formula V, where R2 is hydrogen. Compound of formula V was converted to compound of formula VI, where R1, R4, R5, R6 and m are same as defined in general formula la and R2 is hydrogen using the procedure described earlier.
[0078] In another embodiment of compound of formula V, where the symbols R1, R5, R6 and m are the same as defined in general formula la; R4 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, R7aS02-, R7A1-, (R7a)C(=0)N(R9)-, (R7)(R8)N- and (R7)(R8)NC(=A1)N(R9)-; Ak is the same as defined for compound of formula II; and R2 is methyl, on bromination gave compound of formula XVII (Scheme 5). The compound of formula XVII, where the symbols R1, R5, R6 and m are the same as defined in general formula la; and R4 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, R7aS02-, R7A1-, (R7a)C(=0)N(R9)-, (R7)(R8)N- and (R7)(R8)NC(=A1)N(R9)-; Ak is as defined for compound of formula II and L is bromo on reaction with (R10)NH2, (R10)(alkyl)NH or R10A1H, where R10 is the same as defined under compound of formula I and/or la, and further ester hydrolysis provide a compound of formula VI, where R2 is alkyl (e.g., methyl) substituted with (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(alkyl)N- or R10A1-. Synthesis of compound of formula la from compound of formula VI was carried out by following the same procedure and reaction conditions as described earlier. If the compound of formula V has R5 = R6 = hydrogen, then the sulfonamide group needs to be protected using an appropriate protecting group such as Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal to obtain compound of formula XVIII, which can then be reacted with (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(alkyl)N- or R10A1H, where R10 is the same as defined under compound of formula I and/or la.
[0079] Alternatively, the compounds of the formula la where all the substituents are the same as described under generic formula except R2 being selected from hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, cyano, nitro, (R7)(R8)N-, R7aC(=0)N(R7)-, (R7)(R8)NC(=A1)N(R9)-, R7a0C(=0)NR9-, R7aS02N(R8)-, R7A1-or R7aC(=0)- can be prepared starting from compounds represented by general formula (a) as per the route provided in Scheme 6 as follows -
Wherein.
wherein, Ά' is a 3 to 10 membered optionally substituted saturated/unsaturated monocyclic/bicyclic or optionally bridged heterocyclic ring system containing one to three hetero atoms/groups such as S, N, O, C(=0), C(=S); wherein, the heterocyclic ring may optionally be further annulated with cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl or heteroaryl ring systems. SCHEME 6 [0080] Compounds of formula (a) and (f) were prepared by adopting the procedure described in the literature such as Bioorganic chemistry, 22, 387-394 (1994). Compound of the formula (a) where the symbol R2 is selected from hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, cyano or nitro was protected using Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide acetal to give compound of formula (b). Protection may be carried out using a procedure given in literature such as EP 1790640. The inventers have done protection using A/,/\/-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal in the presence of DMF.
[0081] Compound of the formula (b) was reacted with carbondisulfide and dibromoethane in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate, potassium tert. butoxide or the like in a solvent such as acetone or the like, to form dithietane ring as represented by formula (c).
[0082] Compound of the formula (c) was further reacted with R1-H, where R1 is a heterocycle Ά’ with a point of attachment on nitrogen atom; viz.
wherein A is a 3 to 10 membered optionally substituted heterocyclic ring system containing one to three hetero at-oms/groups such as S, N, O, C(=0) or C(=S); wherein, the heterocyclic ring may optionally be further annulated with cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl or heteroaryl ring systems; to give compound of formula (d).
[0083] Compound of formula (d) was further cyclized to obtain compound of formula (e). The inventers have carried out cyclization by reacting compound (d) with ethyl iodoacetate in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate or the like.
[0084] Hydrolysis of compounds of the formula (e) gave compound of formula VI with R1 selected as heterocycle attached through nitrogen atom, R2, R4 and m are as defined earlier under generic formula la or I, and Ak is alkyl group. The hydrolysis may be carried out by standard procedure generally used in synthetic organic chemistry or well known in the art with reagents such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and lithium hydroxide in solvents such as alcohol or THF or the like. Preferably, the hydrolysis is carried out using aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide and ethanol. Compounds of formula VI, so obtained, was further converted to compound of formula la, where R1 is a heterocycle connected through nitrogen atom, using the process described hereinbefore.
[0085] Compound of formula la, where R2 is nitro, the nitro group of the said compound can be further converted to (R7)(R8)N-, R7aC(=0)N(R7)-, (R7)(R8)NC(=A1)N(R9)-, R7a0C(=0)NR9-, R7aS02N(R8)- using the known functional group transformation methods.
[0086] Compound of formula (f), where the nitrogen of the sulfonamido function has nonhydrogen substituents thereon, can be analogously converted to compound of formula VI following the chemistry described for conversion of compound of formula (a) to compound of formula VI, however such conversion does not require protection of the sulfonamido function as shown in Scheme 6.
[0087] According to another feature of the present disclosure, the compounds of general formula lb where all the symbols are as defined earlier, were prepared by method described below in Scheme 7.
SCHEME 7 [0088] Compound of the formula lb can be prepared starting from compound represented by general formula (ii) wherein R1, R2, and Ra are the same as defined under general formula I or lb and Rb is alkyl or-O-alkyl; which in turn can be prepared by adopting the procedures described in literature such as Tetrahedron Letters 2005, 46, 4539-4542, W02005105789, Tetrahedron Letters 2010, 51,1693-1695; J. Org. Chem. 2009, 74(2), 903-905; Organic Letters 2007, 9(25), 5191-5194; Tetrahedron 2006, 62, 8243-8255 or methods well known in the art. Groups covered under R2 can be introduced or transformed into a suitable group of choice in any of the succeeding steps of Scheme 7 by general functional group transformation methods known to a person skilled in the relevant art.
[0089] Compound of the formula (ii) when Rb=0-alkyl or alkyl and other symbols are same as defined in general formula lb or I, on bromination can provide compound of formula (iii). Bromination can be carried out under a condition according to a procedure generally known in the literature using brominating agents such as bromine, N-bromo succin-imide, phosphorous tribromide or the like (Synlett 2002, 7, 1152-1154).
[0090] Compound of the formula (iii) where all the symbols are the same as defined earlier in general formula lb or I is subjected to Suzuki coupling with compound of formula IV, where R4, R5, R6 and m are the same as defined under general formula lb or I, to obtain compound of formula (v). Compound of formula (v), wherein Rb is alkyl, is nothing but a compound of formula lb where R3 is selected as alkyl group. Suzuki coupling can be carried out under suitable coupling conditions with boronic acids and boronic esters as well known in the art. Preferably, the coupling reaction is carried out in a mixture of water, ethanol, methanol and toluene, the in presence of a base such as potassium phosphate, potassium carbonate, or the like, and a palladium catalyst such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(O) at a temperature of about 50°C or higher. Boronic acid used in this reaction can be prepared by methods well known in the art, for example, by hydrolyzing the corresponding boronate. Boronates are generally commercially available. Besides, such boronates can also be prepared by reacting an appropriate iodo- or bromo compound with an alkyl lithium compound such as butyl lithium and then by reacting with a borate ester or by methods well known in the art (W0200530715; EP1012142; Review article by N.Miyaura and A. Suzuki, Chem. Rev.1995, 95, 2547).
[0091] Ester hydrolysis of compound of formula (v), when Rb = O-alkyl, gave compound of formula (vi) where R1, R2, R4, R5, R6 and m are the same as defined hereinbefore for compounds of formula (iii) and (iv). Ester hydrolysis may be carried out using standard procedures generally used in synthetic organic chemistry or well known in the art with reagents such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide or the like in solvents such as alcohol, THF, or the like. Preferably, aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide and ethanol are used for this reaction.
[0092] Compound of formula (vi) where all the symbols are the same as defined earlier is converted to its corresponding amide of formula (vii) according to the conditions known to convert carboxylic acids to amides. The reaction can be carried out preferably with Λ/,Ο-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride and triethylamine in DMF using reagents such as 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodimide hydrochloride (EDCI), benzotriazole hydrate (HOBT) or the like.
[0093] In the case of compound of formula (vii) where R4 = R5 = hydrogen, the sulfonamido group should be protected before proceeding ahead with other subsequent reaction steps to prepare the compound of formula lb. The protection of thesulfonamido group can be carried out under a condition known to a person skilled in the art or by utilizing the teaching provided in Organic Preparations and Procedures International 2002, 37(5), 545-549. The inventers have done protection using A/,A/-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal in the presence of DMF to obtain compound of formula (viii).
[0094] Compound of the formula (viii) or a compound of formula (vii), which did not need protection of the sulfonamide group is reacted with a Grignard reagent R3MgX1 where R3 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, and optionally substituted hererocyclyl, wherein each of the said optionally substituted cycloalkyl and optionally substituted heterocyclyl is optionally annulated or optionally bridged, and X1 is a halogen, to obtain a compound of formula lb. The reaction may be carried out under a suitable condition known to a person skilled in the art or by utilizing the teaching provided in J. Med. Chem., 2009, 52, 3377.
[0095] Compound of formula (vi) is alternatively reacted with (R7)(R8)NH, (R7)N(OR8)H, or R7A1H, where R7 and R8 are as defined under definition of R3 in general formula lb or I, to obtain the compound of formula lb, where R5 and R6 are same as defined earlier in general formula I or lb and R3 is selected from the group consisting of (R7)(R8)N-, (R7)N(OR8)-, and R7A1-, where R7 and R8 are as defined under definition of R3 in general formula lb or I. The reaction can be carried out according to the conditions known in converting carboxylic acids to amides and esters as known to one skilled in the art. The reaction may be carried out in the presence of suitable solvents, for example, DMF, THF, a halogenated hydrocarbon such as chloroform and dichloromethane, an aromatic hydrocarbon such as xylene, benzene, toluene, or mixtures thereof, or the like, in the presence of suitable base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, or the like at a temperature between 0-50°C using reagents such as 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbo-diimide hydrochloride (EDCI), 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), and auxiliary reagents such as 1-hydroxy-7-azaben-zotriazole (HOAT), hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (HOBT), or the like.
[0096] Compound of the formula lb where R5 and/or R6 are hydrogen, can be converted to compound of formula lb where R5 and/or R6 are same as defined in general formula lb excluding hydrogen by reaction with corresponding alkyl halides, alkenyl halides, alkynyl halides, alkanoyl halides or anhydride, aryl halides or boronic acids in presence of a base or by using appropriate conditions given in technical literature literature.
[0097] Compound of formula Ic may also be prepared by using a suitable starting material by adopting the chemistry provided for compounds of formula la and lb hereinabove.
[0098] The term ’room temperature’ denotes any temperature ranging between about 20°C to about 40°C, except and otherwise it is specifically mentioned in the specification. The intermediates and the compounds of the present invention may obtained in pure form in a manner known perse, for exam pie, by distilling off the solvent in vacuum and re-crystallizing the residue obtained from a suitable solvent, such as pentane, diethyl ether, isopropyl ether, chloroform, dichloromethane, ethyl acetate, acetone or their combinations or subjecting it to one of the purification methods, such as column chromatography (e.g., flash chromatography) on a suitable support material such as alumina or silica gel using eluent such as dichloromethane, ethyl acetate, hexane, methanol, acetone and their combinations. Preparative LC-MS method is also used for the purification of molecules described herein.
[0099] Salts of compound of formula I can be obtained by dissolving the compound in a suitable solvent, for example in a chlorinated hydrocarbon, such as methyl chloride or chloroform or a low molecular weight aliphatic alcohol, for example, ethanol or isopropanol, which was then treated with the desired acid or base as described in Berge S.M. et al. "Pharmaceutical Salts, a review article in Journal of Pharmaceutical sciences volume 66, page 1-19 (1977)" and in handbook of pharmaceutical salts properties, selection, and use by P.H.Einrich Stahland Camille G.wermuth, Wiley-VCH (2002). Lists of suitable salts can also be found in Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA, 1990, p. 1445, and Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 66, 2-19 (1977). For example, they can be a salt of an alkali metal (e.g., sodium or potassium), alkaline earth metal (e.g., calcium), or ammonium of salt.
[0100] The compound of the invention or a composition thereof can potentially be administered as a pharmaceutically acceptable acid-addition, base neutralized or addition salt, formed by reaction with inorganic acids, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, perchloric acid, nitric acid, thiocyanic acid, sulfuric acid, and phosphoric acid, and organic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, lactic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, and fumaric acid, or by reaction with an inorganic base, such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide. The conversion to a salt is accomplished by treatment of the base compound with at least a stoichiometric amount of an appropriate acid. Typically, the free base is dissolved in an inert organic solvent such as diethyl ether, ethyl acetate, chloroform, ethanol, methanol, and the like, and the acid is added in a similar solvent. The mixture is maintained at a suitable temperature (e.g., between 0 °C and 50 °C). The resulting salt precipitates spontaneously or can be brought out of solution with a less polar solvent.
[0101] The stereoisomers of the compounds of formula I of the present invention may be prepared by stereospecific syntheses or resolution of the achiral compound using an optically active amine, acid or complex forming agent, and separating the diastereomeric salt/complex by fractional crystallization or by column chromatography.
[0102] The term "prodrug" denotes a derivative of a compound, which derivative, when administered to warm-blooded animals, e.g. humans, is converted into the compound (drug). The enzymatic and/or chemical hydrolytic cleavage of the compounds of the present invention occurs in such a manner that the proven drug form (parent carboxylic acid drug) is released, and the moiety or moieties split off remain nontoxic or are metabolized so that nontoxic metabolic products are produced. For example, a carboxylic acid group can be esterified, e.g., with a methyl group or ethyl group to yield an ester. When an ester is administered to a subject, the ester is cleaved, enzymatically or non-enzymatically, reductively, oxidatively, or hydrolytically, to reveal the anionic group. An anionic group can be esterified with moieties (e.g., acy-loxymethyl esters) which are cleaved to reveal an intermediate compound which subsequently decomposes to yield the active compound.
[0103] The prodrugs can be prepared in situ during the isolation and purification of the compounds, or by separately reacting the purified compound with a suitable derivatizing agent. For example, hydroxy groups can be converted into esters via treatment with a carboxylic acid in the presence of a catalyst. Examples of cleavable alcohol prodrug moieties include substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched lower alkyl ester moieties, e.g., ethyl esters, lower alkenyl esters, di-lower alkylamino lower-alkyl esters, e.g., dimethylaminoethyl ester, acylamino lower alkyl esters, acyloxy lower alkyl esters (e.g., pivaloyloxymethyl ester), aryl esters, e.g., phenyl ester, aryl-lower alkyl esters, e.g., benzyl ester, optionally substituted, e.g., with methyl, halo, or methoxy substituents aryl and aryl-lower alkyl esters, amides, lower-alkyl amides, di-lwer alkyl amides, and hydroxy amides.
[0104] Modulation of the nicotinic cholinergic receptors, particularly a7 may provide for efficacy in a range of cognitive states, right from pre-attention to attention and subsequently working, reference and recognition memory. Accordingly, this invention may find application in the treatment and prophylaxis of multitude of disease conditions including, either one or combinations of, schizophrenia, schizophreniform disorder, cognitive deficits in schizophrenia, brief psychotic disorder, delusional disorder, schizoaffective disorder, shared psychotic disorder, paranoid personality disorder, schizoid personality disorder, schizotypal personality disorder, attention deficit disorder, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, depression, maniac depression, major depressive disorder, posttraumatic stress disorder, generalized anxiety disorder, tourette’s syndrome, cyclothymicdisorder, dysthymic disorder, agoraphobia, panicdisorder(withorwithout agoraphobia), phobias (including social phobia) and bipolar disorders (Thomsen MS et al., Curr. Pharm. Des., 2010,16, 323-343; Peng ZZ et al., Zhonghua Yi Xue Yi Chuan Xue Za Zhi, 2008, 25, 154-158; Young JW et al., Eur. Neuropsychopharmacol., 2007, 17, 145-155; Martin LF et al., Am. J. Med. Genet., B Neuropsychiatr. Genet., 2007, 144B, 611-614; Martin LF et al., Psychopharmacology (Berl), 2004, 174, 54-64; Feher A et al., Dement. Geriatr. Cogn. Disord., 2009, 28, 56-62; Wilens TE et al., Biochem. Pharmacol., 2007, 74,1212-1223; Verbois SL et al., Neuropharmacology, 2003,44,224-233; Sanberg PR et al., Pharmacol. Then, 1997, 74, 21-25). Cholinergic system, particularly through a.7 nAChR seems to have implications in traumatic brain injury-induced psychosis. Chronic nicotine treatment has shown to attenuate same. Thus, this invention may also find application in the treatment of deficits in cholinergic al nAChR following traumatic brain injury (Bennouna M etal., Encephale, 2007,33,616-620; VerboisSLetal., Neuropharmacology,2003,44,224-233).
[0105] Modulation of nicotinic ACh receptors, particularly the a.l subtype could also help supplement the down-regulated cholinergic receptor expression and transmission as in dementia(s), and also slowing disease progression by reduction of α7-αβ ^42 complexation and internalization in AD and Down’s syndrome (Nordberg A etal., Neurotox. Res., 2000, 2,157-165; HaydarSN etal., Bioorg. Med. Chem., 2009,17, 5247-5258; Deutsch SI etal., Clin. Neuropharmacol., 2003, 26, 277-283). Appropriately, this invention may find application in the treatment and prophylaxis of multitude of disease conditions including, either one or combinations of, dementia(s) due to Alzheimer’s disease, dementia with Lewy bodies, Down’s syndrome, head trauma, Stroke, hypoperfusion, Parkinson’s disease, Huntington’s disease, Prion diseases, progressive supranuclear palsy, radiation therapy, brain tumors, normal-pressure hydrocephalus, subdural hematoma, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection, vitamin deficiency, hypothyroidism, drugs, alcohol, lead, mercury, aluminium, heavy metals, syphilis, Lyme disease, viral encephalitis, fungal infection and cryptococcosis (Zhao X et al., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 2001,939, 179-186; Perry E et al., Eur. J. Pharmacol., 2000, 393, 215-222; Harrington CR et al., Dementia, 1994, 5, 215-228; Wang J et al., J. Neurosci. Res., 2010, 88, 807-815; Duris K et al., Stroke 2011, 42(12), 3530-6). Thus, this invention may also find application in the prophylaxis and preventive measures immediately after early-stage identification of neurodegenerative disease like Alzheimer’s disease and Parkinson’s disease.
[0106] Modulation of nicotinic ACh receptors particularly α4β2, a3p4and a7 may have implications in the development of therapies for nicotine, cannabis addiction and relapse prevention. Accordingly, this invention may find application in the prophylaxis or therapy of nicotine addiction, cannabis addiction, and relapse prevention of nicotine or cannabis addiction. Additionally, this invention may also provide for an alternative therapy for non-responding addiction patients, patients having intolerable side-effects with de-addiction therapies or those requiring long-term maintenance therapies. (Kuzmin A et al., Psychopharmacology (Berl), 2009, 203, 99-108; Weiss RB et al., PLoS Genet., 2008, 4, e1000125: Solinas M et al., J. Neurosci., 2007, 27, 5615-5620; Ebbert JO et al., Patient. Prefer. Adherence, 2010, 4, 355-362) [0107] This invention may also find application in the treatment and prophylaxis of multitude of pain conditions including, either one or combinations of, pain arising from, peripheral nervous system (PNS), post-diabetic neuralgia (PDN), postherpetic neuralgia (PHN), multiple sclerosis, Parkinson’s disease, low-back pain, fibromyalgia, post-operative pain, acute pain, chronic pain, mononeuropathy, primary lateral sclerosis, pseudobulbar palsy, progressive muscular palsy, progressive bulbar palsy, postpolio syndrome, diabetes induced polyneuropathy, acute demyelinating polyneuropathy (Guil-lain-Barre syndrome), acute spinal muscular atrophy (Werdnig-Hoffman disease) and secondary neurodegeneration (Donnelly-Roberts DL etal., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 1998, 285, 777-786; Rowley TJ etal., Br. J. Anaesth., 2010,105, 201-207; Bruchfeld A et al., J. Intern. Med., 2010, 268, 94-101).
[0108] This invention may find application in the treatment and prophylaxis of plethora of inflammation and pain related states involving TNF-α and thus providing symptomatic relief in either any one or combination of, rheumatoid arthritis, bone resorption diseases, atherosclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn’s disease, inflammation, cancer pain, muscle degeneration, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, ulcerative colitis, rhinitis, pancreatitis, spondylitis, acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), joint inflammation, anaphylaxis, ischemia reperfusion injury, multiple sclerosis, cerebral malaria, septic shock, tissue rejection of graft, brain trauma, toxic shock syndrome, herpes virus infection (HSV-1 & HSV-2), herpes zoster infection, sepsis, fever, myalgias, asthma, uveititis, contact dermatitis, obesity-related disease and endotoxemia(Giebelen IATetal., Shock, 2007,27,443-447; Pena G etal., Eur. J. Immunol., 2010,40,2580-2589).
[0109] Thus the present invention further provides a pharmaceutical composition, containing the compounds of the general formula (I) as defined above, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomers, its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, in combination with the usual pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents and the like.
[0110] The pharmaceutically acceptable carrier (or excipient) is preferably one that is chemically insert to the compound of the invention and one that has no detrimental side effects or toxicity under the conditions of use. Such pharmaceutically acceptable carriers preferably include saline (e.g., 0.9% saline), Cremophor EL (which is a derivative off castor oil and ethylene oxide available from Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, MO) (e.g., 5% Cremophor EL/5% ethanol/90% saline, 10% Cremophor EL/90% saline, or 50% Cremophor Eel/50% ethanol), propylene glycol (e.g., 40% propylene glycol/10% ethanol/50% water), polyethylene glycol (e.g., 40% PEG 400/60% saline), and alcohol (e.g., 40% ethanol/60% water). A preferred pharmaceutical carrier is polyethylene glycol, such as PEG 400, and particularly a composition comprising 40% PEG 400 and 60% water or saline. The choice of carrier will be determined in part by the particular compound chosen, as well as by the particular method used to administer the composition. Accordingly, there is a wide variety of suitable formulations of the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.
[0111] The following formulations for oral, aerosol, parenteral, subcutaneous, intravenous, intraarterial, intramuscular, interperitoneal, rectal, and vaginal administration are merely exemplary and are in no way limiting.
[0112] The pharmaceutical compositions can be administered parenterally, e.g., intravenously, intraarterially, subcutaneously, intradermally, intrathecally, or intramuscularly. Thus, the invention provides compositions for parenteral administration that comprise a solution of the compound of the invention dissolved or suspended in an acceptable carrier suitable for parenteral administration, including aqueous and non-aqueous, isotonic sterile injection solutions.
[0113] Overall, the requirements for effective pharmaceutical carriers for parenteral compositions are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. See Pharmaceutics and Pharmacy Practice, J.B. Lippincott Company, Philadelphia, PA, Banker and Chalmers, eds., pages 238-250 (1982), and ASHP Handbook on InjectabLe Drugs, Toissel, 4th ed., pages 622-630 (1986). Such compositions include solutions containing anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, and solutes that renderthe formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient, and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions that can include suspending agents, solubilizers, thickening agents, stabilizers, and preservatives. The compound can be administered in a physiologically acceptable diluent in a pharmaceutical carrier, such as a sterile liquid or mixture of liquids, including water, saline, aqueous dextrose and related sugar solutions, an alcohol, such as ethanol, isopropanol (for example in topical applications), or hexadecyl alcohol, glycols, such as propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol, dimethylsulfoxide, glycerol ketals, such as 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolane-4-methanol, ethers, such as poly(ethyleneglycol) 400, an oil, a fatty acid, a fatty acid ester or glyceride, or an acetylated fatty acid glyceride with or without the addition of a pharmaceutically acceptable surfactant, such as a soap or a detergent, suspending agent, such as pectin, carbomers, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, or carboxymethylcellulose, or emulsifying agents and other pharmaceutical adjuvants.
[0114] Oils useful in parenteral formulations include petroleum, animal, vegetable, and synthetic oils. Specific examples of oils useful in such formulations include peanut, soybean, sesame, cottonseed, corn, olive, petrolatum, and mineral oil. Suitable fatty acids for use in parenteral formulations include oleic acid, stearic acid, and isostearic acid. Ethyl oleate and isopropyl myristate are examples of suitable fatty acid esters.
[0115] Suitable soaps for use in parenteral formulations include fatty alkali metal, ammonium, and triethanolamine salts, and suitable detergents include (a) cationic detergents such as, for example, dimethyl dialkyl ammonium halides, and alkyl pyridinium halides, (b) anionic detergents such as, for example, alkyl, aryl, and olefin sulfonates, alkyl, olefin, ether, and monoglyceride sulfates, and sulfosuccinates, (c) nonionic detergents such as, for exam pie, fatty amine oxides, fatty acid alkanolamides, and polyoxyethylene polypropylene copolymers, (d) amphoteric detergents such as, for example, alkyl-(3-aminopropionates, and 2-alkyl-imidazoline quaternary ammonium salts, and (e) mixtures thereof.
[0116] The parenteral formulations typically will contain from about 0.5% or less to about 25% or more by weight of a compound of the invention in solution. Preservatives and buffers can be used. In order to minimize or eliminate irritation at the site of injection, such compositions can contain one or more nonionic surfactants having a hydrophile-lipophile balance (HLB) of from about 12 to about 17. The quantity of surfactant in such formulations will typically range from about 5% to about 15% by weight. Suitable surfactants include polyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, such as sorbitan monooleate and the high molecular weight adducts of ethylene oxide with a hydrophobic base, formed by the condensation of propylene oxide with propylene glycol. The parenteral formulations can be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose sealed containers, such as ampoules and vials, and can be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid excipient, for example, water, for injections, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions can be prepared from sterile powders, granules, and tablets.
[0117] Topical formulations, including those that are useful for transdermal drug release, are well known to those of skill in the art and are suitable in the context of the present invention for application to skin.
[0118] Formulations suitable for oral administration can consist of (a) liquid solutions, such as an effective amount of a compound of the invention dissolved in diluents, such as water, saline, or orange juice; (b) capsules, sachets, tablets, lozenges, and troches, each containing a pre-determined amount of the compound of the invention, as solids orgranules; (c) powders; (d) suspensions in an appropriate liquid; and (e) suitable emulsions. Liquid formulations can include diluents, such as water and alcohols, for example, ethanol, benzyl alcohol, and the polyethylene alcohols, either with or without the addition of a pharmaceutically acceptable surfactant, suspending agent, or emulsifying agent. Capsule forms can be of the ordinary hard-or soft-shelled gelatin type containing, for example, surfactants, lubricants, and inert fillers, such as lactose, sucrose, calcium phosphate, and cornstarch. Tablet forms can include one or more of lactose, sucrose, mannitol, corn starch, potato starch, alginic acid, microcrystalline cellulose, acacia, gelatin, guar gum, colloidal silicon dioxide, croscarmellose sodium, talc, magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, zinc stearate, stearic acid, and other excipients, colorants, diluents, buffering agents, disintegrating agents, moistening agents, preservatives, flavoring agents, and pharmacologically compatible excipients. Lozenge forms can comprise the compound ingredient in a flavor, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth, as well as pastilles comprising a compound of the invention in an inert base, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia, emulsions, gels, and the like containing, in addition to the compound of the invention, such excipients as are known in the art.
[0119] An compound of the present invention, alone or in combination with other suitable components, can be made into aerosol formulations to be administered via inhalation. A compound or epimerof the invention is preferably supplied in finely divided form along with a surfactant and propellant. Typical percentages of the compounds of the invention can be about 0.01% to about 20% by weight, preferably about 1% to about 10% by weight. The surfactant must, of course, be nontoxic, and preferably soluble in the propellant. Representative of such surfactants are the esters or partial esters of fatty acids containing from 6 to 22 carbon atoms, such as caproic, octanoic, lauric, palmitic, stearic, linoleic, linolenic, olesteric and oleic acids with an aliphatic polyhydric alcohol or its cyclic anhydride. Mixed esters, such as mixed or natural glycerides can be employed. The surfactant can constitute from about 0.1% to about 20% by weight of the composition, preferably from about 0.25% to about 5%. The balance of the composition is ordinarily propellant. A carrier can also be included as desired, e.g., lecithin, for intranasal delivery. These aerosol formulations can be placed into acceptable pressurized propellants, such as dichlorodifluoromethane, propane, nitrogen, and the like. They also can be formulated as pharmaceuticals for non-pressured preparations, such as in a nebulizer or an atomizer. Such spray formulations can be used to spray mucosa.
[0120] Additionally, the compound of the invention can be made into suppositories by mixing with a variety of bases, such as emulsifying bases or water-soluble bases. Formulations suitable for vaginal administration can be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams, or spray formulas containing, in addition to the compound ingredient, such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
[0121] The concentration of the compound in the pharmaceutical formulations can vary, e.g., from less than about 1% to about 10%, to as much as 20% to 50% or more by weight, and can be selected primarily by fluid volumes, and viscosities, in accordance with the particular mode of administration selected.
[0122] For example, a typical pharmaceutical composition for intravenous infusion could be made up to contain 250 ml of sterile Ringer’s solution, and 100 mg of at least one compound of the invention. Actual methods for preparing parenterally administrable compounds of the invention will be known or apparent to those skilled in the art and are described in more detail in, for example, Remington’s Pharmaceutical Science (17th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA, 1985).
[0123] It will be appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art that, in addition to the aforedescribed pharmaceutical compositions, the compound of the invention can be formulated as inclusion complexes, such as cyclodextrin inclusion complexes, or liposomes. Liposomes can serve to target a compound of the invention to a particular tissue, such as lymphoid tissue or cancerous hepatic cells. Liposomes can also be used to increase the half-life of a compound of the invention. Many methods are available for preparing liposomes, as described in, for example, Szoka et al., Ann. Rev. Biophys. Bioeng., 9, 467 (1980) and U.S. Patents 4,235,871,4,501,728, 4,837,028, and 5,019,369.
[0124] The compounds or pharmaceutical compositions are useful, in an embodiment, for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of diseases or disorder or condition such as Alzheimer’s disease (AD), mild cognitive impairment (MCI), senile dementia, vascular dementia, dementia of Parkinson’s disease, attention deficit disorder, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), dementia associated with Lewy bodies, AIDS dementia complex (ADC), Pick’s disease, dementia associated with Down’s syndrome, Huntington’s disease, cognitive deficits associated with traumatic brain injury (TBI), cognitive decline associated with stroke, poststroke neuroprotection, cognitive and sensorimotor gating deficits associated with schizophrenia, cognitive deficits associated with bipolar disorder, cognitive impairments associated with depression, acute pain, post-surgical or postoperative pain, chronic pain, inflammation, inflammatory pain, neuropathic pain, smoking cessation, need for new blood vessel growth associated with wound healing, need for new blood vessel growth associated with vascularization of skin grafts, and lack of circulation, arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, Crohn’s disease, ulcerative colitis, pouchitis, inflammatory bowel disease, celiac disease, periodontitis, sarcoidosis, pancreatitis, organ transplant resection, acute immune disease associated with organ transplantation, chronic immune disease associated with organ transplantation, septic shock, toxic shock syndrome, sepsis syndrome, depression, and rheumatoid spondylitis.
[0125] In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions are useful for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of diseases or disorder or condition classified or diagnosed as major or minor neurocognitive disorders, or disorders arising due to neurodegeneration.
[0126] Also described herein is a method of administering a compound of formula I, as defined hereinabove in combination with or as adjunct to medications used in the treatment of attention deficit hyperactivity disorders, schizophrenia, and other cognitive disorders such as Alzheimer’s disease, Parkinson’s dementia, vascular dementia or dementia associated with Lewy bodies, traumatic brain injury.
[0127] Also described herein is a method of administering a compound of formula I, as defined hereinabove in combination with or as an adjunct to acetylcholinesterase inhibitors, disease modifying drugs or biologies for neurodegen-erative disorders, dopaminergic drugs, antidepressants, typical or an atypical antipsychotic.
[0128] Accordingly, compound of formula I is useful for preventing or treating a disorder mediated by nicotinic acetylcholine receptors. Such compounds can be administered to a subject having such a disorder or susceptible to such disorders in a therapeutically effective amount. The compounds are particularly useful for a method of treating a mammal having a condition where modulation of nicotinic acetylcholine receptor activity is of therapeutic benefit, wherein the method is accomplished by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I to a subject having, or susceptible to, such a disorder.
[0129] The present invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition, containing the compounds of the general formula (I) as defined above, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomers, its pharmaceutically acceptable salts in combination with the usual pharmaceutically employed carriers, diluents and the like, and for use in any of the methods described herein.
[0130] The compounds of the invention can be administered in a dose sufficient to treat the disease, condition or disorder. Such doses are known in the art (see, for example, the Physicians’ Desk Reference (2004)). The compounds can be administered using techniques such as those described in, for example, Wasserman et al., Cancer, 36, pp. 1258-1268 (1975) and Physicians’ Desk Reference, 58th ed., Thomson PDR (2004).
[0131] Suitable doses and dosage regimens can be determined by conventional range-finding techniques known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Generally, treatment is initiated with smaller dosages that are less than the optimum dose of the compound of the present invention. Thereafter, the dosage is increased by small increments until the optimum effect under the circumstances is reached. The present method can involve the administration of about 0.1 μg to about 50 mg of at least one compound of the invention per kg body weight of the individual. For a 70 kg patient, dosages of from about 10 μg to about 200 mg of the compound of the invention would be more commonly used, depending on a patient’s physiological response.
[0132] By way of example and not intending to limit the invention, the dose of the pharmaceutically active agent(s) described herein for methods of treating or preventing a disease or condition as described above can be about 0.001 to about 1 mg/kg body weight of the subject per day, for example, about 0.001 mg, 0.002 mg, 0.005 mg, 0.010 mg, 0.015 mg, 0.020 mg, 0.025 mg, 0.050 mg, 0.075 mg, 0.1 mg, 0.15 mg, 0.2 mg, 0.25 mg, 0.5 mg, 0.75 mg, or 1 mg/kg body weight per day. The dose of the pharmaceutically active agent(s) described herein for the described methods can be about 1 to about 1000 mg/kg body weight of the subject being treated per day, for example, about 1 mg, 2 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 15 mg, 0.020 mg, 25 mg, 50 mg, 75 mg, 100 mg, 150 mg, 200 mg, 250 mg, 500 mg, 750 mg, or 1000 mg/kg body weight per day.
[0133] In accordance with embodiments, the presentdisclosure provides methods of treating, preventing, ameliorating, and/or inhibiting a condition modulated by the nicotinic acetylchoine receptor comprising administering a compound of formula (I) or a salt thereof.
[0134] The terms "treat," "prevent," "ameliorate," and "inhibit," as well as words stemming therefrom, as used herein, do not necessarily imply 100% or complete treatment, prevention, amelioration, or inhibition. Rather, there are varying degrees of treatment, prevention, amelioration, and inhibition of which one of ordinary skill in the art recognizes as having a potential benefit or therapeutic efFect. In this respect, the inventive methods can provide any amount of any level of treatment, prevention, amelioration, or inhibition of the disorder in a mammal. For exam pie, a disorder, including symptoms or conditions thereof, may be reduced by, for example, 100%, 90%, 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, or 10%. Furthermore, the treatment, prevention, amelioration, or inhibition provided by the inventive method can include treatment, prevention, amelioration, or inhibition of one or more conditions or symptoms of the disorder, e.g., cancer. Also, for purposes herein, "treatment," "prevention," "amelioration," or "inhibition" can encompass delaying the onset of the disorder, or a symptom or condition thereof.
[0135] In accordance with the invention, the term subject includes an "animal" which in turn includes a mammal such as, without limitation, the order Rodentia, such as mice, and the order Lagomorpha, such as rabbits. It is preferred that the mammals are from the order Carnivora, including Felines (cats) and Canines (dogs). It is more preferred that the mammals are from the order Artiodactyla, including Bovines (cows) and Swine (pigs) or of the order Perssodactyla, including Equines (horses). It is most preferred that the mammals are of the order Primates, Ceboids, or Simoids (monkeys) or of the order Anthropoids (humans and apes). An especially preferred mammal is the human.
[0136] Following are the abbreviations used and meaning thereof in the specification: ACh: Acetylcholine. AD: Alzheimer’s disease. ADC: AIDS dementia complex. ADHD: attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. AIDS: Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome. ARDS: acute respiratory distress syndrome. DCC: 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide. DCE: dichloroethane. DCM: dichloromethane. DIPEA: diisopropyl ethyl amine DLB: dementia with Lewy bodies. DMF: N,N-dimethylformamide. EDCI: 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodimide hydrochloride. FLIPR: Fluorometric Imaging Plate Reader. HATU: 2-(1H-7-Azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyl uranium hexafluorophosphate. HBSS: Hank’s balanced salt solution. HEPES: 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazine-1-ethanesulfonic acid. HMGB: high mobility group box. HOAT: 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole. HOBT: hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate. HPLC: High Performance liquid chromatography. IL: interleukins. LDT: laterodorsal tegmental nucleus. LGIC: ligand-gated ion channels. MCI: mild cognitive impairment. NBS: N-bromosuccinimide. NCS: N-chlorosuccinimide. NIS: N-iodosuccinamide NNRs: Neural nicotinic ACh receptors. PAM: positive allosteric modulation. PD: Parkinson’s disease. PDN: post-diabetic neuralgia. PHN: post-herpetic neuralgia. PMBO: p-methoxy benzyloxy. PNS: peripheral nervous system. TBI: traumatic brain injury. THF: Tetrahydrofuran. TLC: Thin layer chromatography. TMS: tetramethylsilane. TNF-α: tumor necrosis factor alpha. VTA: ventral tegmental area. a7 nAChR: nicotinic acetylcholine receptor a7 subunit.
[0137] The following examples are provided to further illustrate the present invention and therefore should not be construed in any way to limit the scope of the present invention. All 1HNMR spectra were determined in the solvents indicated and chemical shifts are reported in δ units downfield from the internal standard tetramethylsilane (TMS) and interproton coupling constants are reported in Hertz (Hz).
Example 1: Preparation of 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 1) [0138]
Step 1: Methyl-3-bromo-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate (1a) [0139]
[0140] To a stirred solution of methyl-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate (prepared according to the procedure reported in WO 2007092751,4.0g, 15.0 mmol) in chloroform (50 ml) at25°C was added zinc chloride (2.06g, 15.0 mmol) followed by the addition of bromine (2.64g, 0.85 ml, 16.5 mmol) in a dropwise manner under a nitrogen atmosphere. The resulting mixture was stirred at 60-65°C for 1.5 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C and quenched with water (30 ml). The resulting organic layer was washed with 10% aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (2x50 ml) and dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent in the organic layer was evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 3% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (2.2 g, 42.53%); MS: m/z 345 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 7.43 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H).
[0141] The compounds given below were prepared by procedure similar to those described above for compound ’1a’ with appropriate variations of reactants, reaction conditions and quantities of reagents 2a. Methyl-3-bromo-5-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate MS: m/z 345 (M+1) 4a. Methyl-3-bromo- 5-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate MS: m/z 330 (M+1) lla. Methyl-3-bromo- 5-(4-(ferf-butyl)phenyl)-4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate MS: m/z 368 (M+1) 17a. Methyl-3-bromo- 5-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate MS: m/z 381 (M+1) 18a. Methyl-3-bromo- 5-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate MS: m/z 381 (M+1) 19a. Methyl-3-bromo-5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate MS: m/z 370 (M+23) 20a. Methyl -3 bromo- 5-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate MS: m/z 365 (M+1) 21a. Methyl-3-bromo- 5-(3-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-4-methylthiophene-2-carboxyate MS: m/z 377 (M+1) 47a. Ethyl-3-bromo- 5-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate MS: m/z 384 (M+23)
Step 2: Ethyl-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate (1b) [0142]
[0143] To a solution of methyl-3-bromo-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate. (compound 1a, 2.2g, 6.3 mmol) in a mixture of toluene: ethanol (10:30 ml) were added 4-aminosulfonylbenzene boronic acid (prepared according to the procedure given in EP 1012142, 1.28g, 6.3 mmol) and potassium carbonate (1.76g, 12.7 mmol) at 25°C in a sealed tube and nitrogen gas was bubbled through the reaction mixture for 15 minutes. To this was added tetrakis(triphe-nylphosphine)palladium(O) (0.370g, 0.318 mmol) under nitrogen and the reaction mixture was heated at about 95-about100°C for 18 hr under stirring. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was cooled to 25°C and filtered through celite. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (1.3g, 48%). MS: m/z 436 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.46-7.41 (m, 6H). 4.89 (bs, 2H), 4.17(q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.99 (s, 3H), 1.9 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
[0144] The compounds given below were prepared by procedure similar to the one described above for compound ’1b’ with appropriate variations of reactants, reaction conditions and quantities of reagents. 2b. Ethyl-5-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate MS: mlz 436 (M+1), 4b. Ethyl 5-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate MS: mlz 420 (M+1) llb. Ethyl 5-(4-(fe/f-butyl)phenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate MS: mlz 458 (M+1) 17b. Ethyl 5-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate MS: mlz 470 (M+1) 18b. Ethyl 5-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate MS: mlz 470 (M+1) 19b. Ethyl 5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate MS: mlz 438 (M+1) 20b. Ethyl 5-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate MS: mlz 454 (M+1) 21 b. Ethyl 5-(3-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxyate MS: mlz 466 (M+1) 47b. Ethyl 5-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate MS: mlz 438 (M+1)
Step 3: 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (1c) [0145]
[0146] Ethyl-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 1b, 1.9 g, 4.36 mmol) was suspended in ethanol (40 ml) and treated with 1N solution of NaOH (0.9 ml) at 25°C. The reaction mixture was heated at 50-55°C under stirring for 30-40 minutes. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue obtained was diluted with a mixture of ethylace-tate:water (100:50 ml) To the resulting diluted mixture was added aqueous 10% HCI to bring the pH of the mixture to between 5 and6. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2x 50 ml). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent in the organic layer was evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound. (1.72g, 97%). MS: mlz 408 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 12.87 (bs, 1H), 7.88 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (bs, 4H). 7.5 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (s, 2H), 1.95 (s, 3H).
[0147] The compounds given below were prepared by procedure similar to the one described above for compound ’1c’ with appropriate variations of reactants, reaction conditions and quantities of reagents. 2c. 5-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: mlz 408 (M+1). 4c. 5-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: mlz 392 (M+1). 11c. 5-(4-(ferf-butyl)phenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: mlz 430 (M+1). 17c. 5-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: mlz 442 (M+1). 18c. 5-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: m/z 442 (M+1). 19c. 5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: mlz 410(M+1). 20c. 5-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: m/z 426 (M+1). 21c. 5-(3-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: mlz 438 (M+1). 47c. 5-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: m/z 410 (M+1).
Step 4: 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(4-(/\/-((dimethylamino)methylene)sulfamoyl)phenyl)-A/-methoxy-A/,4-dimethylthiophene- 2-carboxamide (1d) [0148]
[0149] Oxalyl chloride (2.1 g, 1.4 ml, 16.2 mmol) was added dropwise at 0°C to a solution of 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylicacid (compound 1c, 2.2g, 5.4 mmol) in a mixture of dichloromethane (40 ml) and DMF (0.8 g, 0.8 ml, 10.8 m mol). The resulting mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 1.5 hr, under a nitrogen atmosphere. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and used directly for further reaction. The residue so obtained was dissolved in dry dichloromethane (40 ml) and to this was added triethylamine (2.8g, 3.9 ml, 27.0 mmol) followed by the addition of Λ/,Ο-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (1,06g, 10.8 mmol) under stirring. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixure was washed with water (2 x 20 ml) and the organic layer obtained was dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The crude product was further purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 80% ethylacetate in hexane as an eluent to obtain the title compound (2.36g, 86%). MS: m/z 506 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.95 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (bs,4H). 7.37 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 3.05 (s, 3H), 1.98 (s, 3H).
[0150] The compounds given below were prepared by procedure similar to the one described above for compound Ί d’ with appropriate variations of reactants, reaction conditions and quantities of reagents 2d. 5-(2-chlorophenyl)-3-(4-(/\/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl)-A/-methoxy-A/,4-dimethylthiophene- 2-carboxamide MS: m/z 506 (M+1) 4d. 3-(4-(/\/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl)-5-(4-Fluoro phenyl)-/\/-methoxy-A/,4-dimethylthi-ophene-2-carboxamide. MS: m/z 490 (M+1). 11 d. 5-(4-(ferf-butyl)phenyl)-3-(4-(N-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl)-A/-methoxy-/V,4-dimethylthi- ophene-2-carboxamide. MS: mlz 528 (M+1). 17d. 5-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-3-(4-(A/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl)-/\/-methoxy-A/,4-dimethylthi-ophene-2-carboxamide. MS: mlz 540 (M+1). 18d. 5-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-3-(4-(A/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl)-/\/-methoxy-A/,4-dimethylthi-ophene-2-carboxamide. MS: mlz 540 (M+1). 19d. 5-(2,4-Difluoro phenyl)-3-(4-(A/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl)- -A/-methoxy-/V,4-dimethylthi-ophene-2-carboxamide. MS: mlz 508 (M+1). 20d. 5-(3-Chloro-4-fluoro phenyl)-3-(4-(/\/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl)- -A/-methoxy-/\/,4-dimeth-ylthiophene-2-carboxamide. MS: mlz 524 (M+1). 21 d. 5-(3-Chloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-3-(4-(N-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl)- -A/-methoxy-A/,4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamide. MS: mlz 536 (M+1). 47d. 5-(3,4-Difluoro phenyl)-3-(4-(A/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl)- A/-methoxy-A/,4-dimethylthi-ophene-2-carboxamide. MS: mlz 508 (M+1).
Step 5: Preparation of 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 1).
[0151]
[0152] To a stirred solution of 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(4-(/\/-((dimethylamino)methylene) sulfamoyl)phenyl)-/\/-methoxy-A/,4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamide (compound 1d, 2.3g, 4.55 mmol) in anhydrous THF (40 ml) at 25°C, Grignard reagent (ethyl magnesium bromide, 3.04g, 22.8ml, 22.77 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was heated at 70-75°C for 1 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After cooling the reaction mixture to 0°C, the reaction mixture was quenched by adding a solution of saturated ammonium chloride (40 ml) and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3x50 ml). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product; which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 30-35% ethyl acetate in hexane as an eluent to obtain the title compound which was further purified by precipitation by dissolving 1.1 g of the compound in dichlo-romethane (10 ml) and precipitating it by slow addition of diisopropyl ether. (0.89g, 47 %) MS: mlz 420(M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.95 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.59 (bs, 4H). 7.56 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (s, 2H), 2.37 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.92 (s, 3H), 0.88 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 3H), [0153] The following compounds were prepared according to the procedure described above but with appropriate changes to the reactants. 4-(5-(2-Chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 2). MS: mlz 420 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.88(d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.56-7.58 (m, 1H), 7.43-7-47(m, 7H), 2.34 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.70 (s, 3H), 0.89 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(5-(4-Fluorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide. (Compound 4). MS: mlz 404 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.94 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.56-7-64 (m, 4H), 7.49 (bs-exchanges with D20,2H), 7.36-7-40 (m, 2H), 2.38 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.92 (s, 3H), 0.89 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(5-((4-tert butyl)phenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide (Compound 11) MS: mlz 442 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.02 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.42-7.49 (m, 6H), 4.92 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 2.56 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.97 (s, 3H), 1.36 (s, 9H), 1.06 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(5-(3,4-Dichlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 17) MS: MS: mlz 454 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.03 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.59 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.32 (dd, J=8.4, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.91 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 2.52 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 1.04 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(5-(2,4-Dichlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 18) MS: MS: mlz 454 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.04 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.53-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.32-7.42 (m, 2H), 4.89 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 2.55 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.76 (s, 3H), 1.04 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 19) MS: mlz 422(M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.04 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J=8.4Hz, 2H), 7.38-7.44 (m, 1H) 6.98-7.04 (m, 2H), 5.01 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 2.54 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.83 (s, 3H), 1.05 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(5-(3-Chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 20) MS: mlz 438 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.04 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (dd, J= 6.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.35-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.25 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.92 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 2.54 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.04 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(5-(3-Chloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide (Compound 21) MS: mlz 450 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.93 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.61 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.50 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 7.29 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 2.35 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.91 (s, 3H), 0.87 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(2-Acetyl-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 40) MS: mlz 406 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.95 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.57-7.59 (m, 6H), 7.50 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 1.99 (s, 3H), 1.93 (s, 3H). 4-(5-(3,4-Difluorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 47) MS: mlz 422 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.03 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.25-7.33 (m, 3H), 4.98 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 2.52 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.04 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 2: Preparation of 4-(4-methyl-5-morpholino-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 24) [0154]
Step 1: Preparation of /\/,/\/-dimethyl-N’-((4-propionylphenyl)sulfonyl) formimidamide (24a) [0155]
[0156] To a stirred solution of 4-propionylbenzenesulfonamide (prepared according to the procedure reported in Bioor-ganic Chemistry 1994, 22, 387-394), 2.2g (10.3 mmol) in ethylacetate (20 ml) was added DMF (2.0 ml) followed by the addition of W,W-dimethylformamidedimethyl acetal (1.36g, 1.51 ml, 11.36 mmol) in a dropwise manner at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a solid product, which was washed with diisopropylether to obtain the title compound (2.6 g, 94%). MS: mlz 269 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.08 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.90 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.15 (s, 3H), 3.09 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.91 (s, 3H), 1.08 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 2: Preparation of N’-((4-(2-(1,3-dithiatan-2-ylidene)propanoyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)-N,N-dimethylformimidamide (24b) [0157]
[0158] To a stirred solution of /\/,/\/-dimethyl-N’-((4-propionylphenyl)sulfonyl) formimidamide (compound 24a, 1.0g, 3.73 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) was added potassium tert.butoxide (0.837g, 7.46 mmol) at 0°C under a nitrogen atmosphere. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C and to the cooled reaction mixture was added carbon disulfide (0.425g, 0.34 ml, 5.59 mmol) in a dropwise manner at 0°C. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The resulting reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C and to the cooled reaction mixture was added dibromomethane (1.3g, 0.85 ml, 7.46 mmol) in a dropwise manner at 0°C. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was poured into cold water (50 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x50 ml). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure from the dried organic layer to obtain a crude product, which was further purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 2% methanol in dichloromethane as an eluent to obtain the title compound (0.65 g, 49%). MS: m/z 357 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.59 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 3.15 (s, 3H), 3.04 (s, 3H), 1.83 (s, 3H).
Step 3: Preparation of N,N-dimethyl-N’-((4-(2-methyl-3-morpholino-3-thioxopropanoyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)formimidamide (24c) [0159]
[0160] To a stirred solution of Λ/’-((4-(2-(1,3-dithiatan-2-ylidene)propanoyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)-/\/,A/-dimethylformimidam-ide (compound 24b, 0.53g, 1.48 mmol) in toluene (20 ml) was added morpholine (0.39g, 4.4 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at 115-120°C for 3 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 2% methanol in dichloromethane as an eluent to obtain the title compound (0.191 g, 32.3%) MS: m/z 398 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): 6 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.85 (brs, 4H), 5.19 (q, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 3.5-4.0 (m, 8H), 3.14 (s, 3H), 2.91 (s, 3H), 1.33 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H).
[0161] The compounds given below were prepared by procedure similar to the one described above for compound ’24c’ with appropriate variations of reactants, reaction conditions and quantities of reagents. 22c. tert-butyl 4-(3-(4-(N-((dimethylamino)methylene)sulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-methyl-3-oxopropanethioyl)piperazine- 1-carboxylate MS: m/z 519(M+23) 23c. N’-((4-(3-(4-(4-fluorophenyl)piperazin-1-yl)-2-methyl-3-thioxopropanoyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)-N,N-dimethylformim-idamide MS: m/z 491(M+1),
Step 4: Preparation of ethyl-3-(4-(A/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl)phenyl)-4-methyl-5-morpholinothiophene- 2-carboxylate (24d) [0162]
[0163] To a stirred solution of/\/,/\/-dimethyl-A/’-((4-(2-methyl-3-morpholino-3-thioxopropanoyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)formim-idamide (compound 24c, 0.180g, 0.45 mmol) in dry acetone (15 ml) was added potassium carbonate (0.45g, 3.17 mmol) at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred at 55-60°C for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C and to this was added ethyl iodoacetate (0.097g, 0.053 ml, 0.45 mmol) in a dropwise manner. The reaction mixture was stirred at reflux temperature for 4 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and filtered through a celite pad. The celite pad was washed with acetone (2x10 ml). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 50-55% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (0.091 g, 43%) MS: mlz 466 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.31(d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.10 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.87-3.84(m, 4H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 3.07 (s, 3H), 3.07-3.04 (m, 4H), 1.88 (s, 3H), 1.15 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
[0164] The compounds given below were prepared by procedure similar to the one described above for compound ’24d’ with appropriate variations of reactants, reaction conditions and quantities of reagents 22d. tert-butyl 4-(4-(4-(N-((dimethylamino)methylene)sulfamoyl)phenyl)-5-(ethoxycarbonyl)-3-methylthiophen-2-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate MS: mlz 565(M+1) 23d. Ethyl-3-(4-(/\/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl)phenyl)-5-(4-(4-fluorophenyl)piperazin-1-yl)4-methyl-thi- ophene-2-carboxylate MS: mlz 559(M+1)
Step 5: Preparation of 4-methyl-5-morpholino-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (24e) [0165]
[0166] Ethyl-3-(4-(A/((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl)phenyl)-4-methyl-5-morpholinothiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 24d, 0.36g, 0.77 mmol) was suspended in ethanol (20 ml) and combined with 2N solution of NaOH (1.55 ml) at 25°C. The reaction mixture was heated at 95-100°C under stirring for 1 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The resulting reaction mixture was concentrated at a reduced pressure. The residue obtained was diluted with mixture of ethylacetate:water (30:15 ml). To this was added aqueous 10 % HCI to bring the pH to between 5 and 6. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 ml). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure from the dried organic layer to obtain the title compound (0.196g, 66%). MS: mlz 383(M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 12.44 (bs, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=8.4Hz, 2H), 7.42 (s, 2H), 7.41 (d, J=8.4Hz, 2H), 3.75 (t, J=4.8Hz, 4H), 2.98 (t, J=4.4Hz, 4H), 1.79 (s, 3H).
[0167] The compounds given below were prepared by procedure similar to the one described above for compound ’24e’ with appropriate variations of reactants, reaction conditions and quantities of reagents 22e. 5-(4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperazin-1-yl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid MS: mlz 482(M+1) 23e. 5-(4-(4-fluorophenyl)piperazin-1-yl)4-methyl--3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid MS: mlz 476(M+1)
Step 6: Preparation of 3-(4-(/\/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl)phenyl)-/\/-methoxy-A/,4-dimethyl-5-morpholi-nothiophene-2-carboxamide (24f) [0168]
[0169] Oxalyl chloride (0.19g, 0.13 ml, 1.49 mmol) was added dropwise at 0°C to a solution of 4-methyl-5-morpholino- 3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (compound 24e, 0.19g, 0.497 mmol) in a mixture of dichloromethane (15 ml) and DMF (0.073g, 0.08 ml, 0.99 m mol). The resulting mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 1.5 hr, under a nitrogen atmosphere. The progress of the reaction was monitored byTLC. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and used directly for further reaction. The residue so obtained was dissolved in dry dichloromethane (15 ml) and to this was added triethylamine (0.251 g, 0.35 ml, 2.48 mmol) followed by the addition of Λ/,Ο-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.098g, 0.99 mmol) under stirring at 0°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixure was washed with water (2x 10 ml) and the resulting organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The crude product was further purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 1% methanol in dichloromethane as an eluent to obtain the title compound (0.127g, 53%). MS: mlz 481 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=8.4Hz, 2H), 7.29 (d, J=8.4Hz, 2H), 3.86 (brs, 4H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.14 (s, 3H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 3.03-3.05 (m, 7H), 1.85 (s, 3H).
[0170] The compounds given below were prepared by procedure similar to the one described above for compound ’24f with appropriate variations of reactants, reaction conditions and quantities of reagents. 22f. tert-butyl 4-(4-(4-(N-((dimethylamino)methylene)sulfamoyl)phenyl)-5-(methoxy(methyl)carbamoyl)-3-methylth-iophen-2-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate. MS: mlz 580(M+1). 23f. 3-(4-(N-((dimethylamino)methylene)sulfamoyl)phenyl)-5-(4-(4-fluorophenyl)piperazin-1-yl)-N-methoxy-N,4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamide. MS: mlz 574(M+1).
Step 7: Preparation of 4-(4-methyl-5-morpholino-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (compound 24) [0171]
[0172] To a stirred solution of 3-(4-(A/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl)phenyl)-/\/-methoxy-A/,4-dimethyl-5-mor-pholinothiophene-2-carboxamide (compound 24f, 0.120g, 0.25 mmol) in anhydrous THF (10 ml) at 25°C, Grignard reagent(ethyl magnesium bromide, 0.17g, 1.25ml, 1.25 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was heated to 70-75°C for 1 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After cooling the reaction mixture to 0°C, reaction mixture was quenched by adding a saturated ammonium chloride solution (10 ml) and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2x20 ml). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent in the dried organic layer was evaporated under a reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 40-45% ethyl acetate in hexane as an eluent to obtain the title compound which was further purified by precipitation by dissolving 0.056 g of this compound in ethyl acetate (1.0 ml) and precipitating it by the slow addition of diisopropyl ether. The precipitate was filtered to obtain the title compoud. (0.047g, 48 %). MS: mlz 395 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.88 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.46-7.48 (m, 4H), 3.74-3.76 (m, 4H), 3.00-3.03 (m, 4H), 2.24 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.75 (s, 3H), 0.83 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
[0173] The following compounds were prepared according to the procedure described above but with appropriate changes to the reactants. 4-(4-methyl-5-(piperazin-1-yl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 22). MS: MS: mlz 394 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCIg, 400 MHz): δ 7.84 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.18 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.31 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 2.84-2.89 (m, 8H), 2.36 (bs-exchanges with D20, 1H), 2.16 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.63 (s, 3H), 0.80 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(5-(4-(4-Fluorophenyl)piperazin-1-yl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl) benzene sulfonamide (Compound 23). MS: mlz 488 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.88 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.47-7.49 (m, 4H), 7.00-7.10 (m, 4H), 3.34-3.36 (m, 4H), 3.24-3.26 (m, 2H), 3.16-3.19 (m, 2H), 2.24 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.78 (s, 3H), 0.83 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 3: Preparation of 4-(5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 7) [0174]
Step 1: Methyl 3-bromo-4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate (7a) [0175]
[0176] To a stirred suspension of copper (II) bromide (14.3 g, 64.0 mmol) in acetonitrile (70 ml), t-butyl nitrite (7.83 g, 9.21 ml, 76.0 mmol) was added under a nitrogen atmosphere at room temperature (25°C). To this suspension solution of methyl 3-amino-4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate (10.0 g, 58.0 mmol) in acetonitrile (30 ml) was added at 20°C in drop wise manner over a period of 2 hr. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25°C for 2 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then slowly added to 150 ml 2N HCI and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 150 ml). The resulting organic layer was washed with water (1 x 50 ml), brine (1 x 50 ml) and dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain crude product as semi-solid (10. 5g), which was then purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 7% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (9.0 g, 65.55%). MS: mlz 236 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 7.19 (s, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 2.24 (s, 3H).
Step 2: Methyl 4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate. (7b) [0177]
[0178] To a stirred suspension of methyl 3-bromo-4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 7a, 9.0 g, 38.0 mmol) in ethanol: toluene (100:30 ml) in sealed tube, (4-sulfamoylphenyl) boronic acid (8.46 g, 42.0 mmol) and potassium carbonate (10.57 g, 76.0 mmol) were added under a nitrogen atmosphere at room temperature (about 25°C). Nitrogen gas was purged to this suspension for further 15 minute at room temperature (about 25°C) and tetrakis(triphenyl phos-phine)palladium(O) (2.21 g, 1.9 mmol) was added at 25°C and sealed tube was closed. The reaction mixture was stirred at 105°C for 15 hr and the progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Reaction mixture was filtered and washed with ethyl acetate (2 X 100 ml). Organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain crude product as semi-solid (11.2 g); which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (20% ethyl ester as trans esterified product was observed) (8.8 g, 70.70%). MS: mlz 312 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 7.97 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.38 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 4.91 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H) 3.71 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H).
Step 3: Methyl 5-bromo-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate. (7c) [0179]
[0180] To a stirred suspension of methyl 4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 7b, 8.80 g, 27.0 mmol) in DCM (150 ml), bromine (5.19 g, 1.67 ml, 32.0 mmol) was added at 0°C in a drop wise manner. The reaction mixture was stirred at25°Cfor2 hr and the progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then concentrated completely and again dissolved in DCM (250 ml). The organic layer so obtained was washed with water (2 x 50 ml), brine (1 x 50 ml) and dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain crude product as semi-solid (10. 2g), which was then purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (20% ethyl ester as trans esterified product was observed) (9.0 g, 82.34%). MS: mlz 391 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.93(bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 3H).
Step 4: Methyl 5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate. (7d) [0181]
[0182] To the solution of methyl 5-bromo-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 7c, 3.Og, 7.69 mmol) in a mixture of toluene: ethanol (25:75 ml) was added (4-methoxyphenyl)boronic acid (1.28g, 8.46 mmol) and potassium carbonate (3.18g, 23.07 mmol) at 25°C.Nitrogen gas was bubbled through reaction mixture for 15 minutes. To this was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.487g, 0.422 mmol) under nitrogen and reaction mixture was heated at 95-100°C for 1 hr under stirring. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was cooled to 25°C and filtered through celite, and then washed with ethyl acetate (50ml). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, that was then purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (20% ethyl ester as trans esterified product was observed) (2.69 g, 84%). MS: mlz 418 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.41-7.46 (m, 4H), 7.00(d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H). 4.96 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 3.87(s, 3H), 3.73(s, 3H), 1.99 (s, 3H).
[0183] The compounds given below were prepared by procedure similar to the one described above for compound ’7d’ with appropriate variations of reactants, reaction conditions and quantities of reagents. 3d. Ethyl 5-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate. MS: mlz 436 (M+1). 5d. Ethyl 5-(4-Cyclopropylphenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate. MS: mlz 442 (M+1). 6d. Ethyl 4-Methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)-5-(4-trifluoromethyl)phenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate. MS: mlz 468 (M-1). 8d. Ethyl 5-(4-ethoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate. MS: mlz 446 (M+1). 9d. Ethyl 4-Methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)-5-(4-trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate. MS: m/z 486 (M+1). 10d. Ethyl 4-Methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)-5-(p-tolyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate. MS: mlz 416 (M+1). 12d. Ethyl 5-(4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate. MS: mlz 445 (M+1). 13d. Ethyl 5-(3-Fluorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate. MS: mlz 420 (M+1). 14d. Ethyl 4-methyl-5-phenyl- 3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate. MS: mlz 402 (M+1). 15d. Ethyl 5-(3-Ethoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate. MS: mlz 446 (M+1). 16d. Ethyl 5-(4-Ethylphenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate. MS: m/z 430 (M+1). 25d. Ethyl 4-methyl-5-(pyridin-4-yl)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate. MS: mlz 403 (M+1). 26d. Ethyl 4-methyl-5-(pyridin-3-yl)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate. MS: mlz 403 (M+1). 27d. Ethyl 5-(Furan-3-yl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate. MS: mlz 392 (M+1). 28d. Ethyl 5-(1H-indol-5-yl)- 4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate. MS: m/z 441 (M+1). 29d. Ethyl 4-methyl -5-(1 -methyl-1 H-indol-5-yl)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate. MS: m/z 455 (M+1). 30d. Ethyl 5-(benzofuran-5-yl)-4-methyl -3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate. MS: mlz 442 (M+1). 31d. Ethyl 5-(1-acetylindolin-5-yl)-4-methyl -3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate. MS: m/z 485 (M+1). 44d. Ethyl-5-(4-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)methyl)amino)phenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxy- late. MS: m/z 531 (M+1).
Step 5: 5-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. (7e) [0184]
[0185] Methyl 5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 7d, 3.02g, 7.24 mmol) was suspended in ethanol (50ml) and NaOH (1.44g, 36.2 mmol) in water 10 ml was added at 25°C. The reaction mixture was heated at 50-55°C under stirring for 2 hr. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure. Water, 50 ml was added to the residue so obtained and the mixture was cooled using icebath. Aqueous hydrochloric acid (10%) was then added to the mixture to bring the pH to between 5 and 6. The mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 75 ml). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a product (2.83g, 97%). MS: m/z 404 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 12.85 (bs-exchanges with D20, 1H), 7.86 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.45-7.50 (m, 4H). 7.45 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 7.07 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 1.90(s, 3H).
[0186] The compounds given below were prepared by procedure similar to the one described above for compound ’7e’ with appropriate variations of reactants, reaction conditions and quantities of reagents. 3e. 5-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: m/z 408 (M+1). 5e. 5-(4-Cyclopropylphenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: m/z 414 (M+1). 6e. 4-Methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)-5-(4-trifluoromethyl)phenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: m/z 442 (M+1). 8e. 5-(4-Ethoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: m/z 418 (M+1). 9e. 4-Methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)-5-(4-trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: m/z 458 (M+1). 10e. 4-Methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)-5-(p-tolyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: m/z 388 (M+1). 12e. 5-(4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: m/z 417 (M+1). 13e. 5-(3-Fluorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: m/z 392 (M+1). 14e. 4-methyl-5-phenyl- 3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: m/z 374(M+1). 15e. 5-(3-Ethoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: m/z 418 (M+1). 16e. 5-(4-Ethylphenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: m/z 402 (M+1). 25e. 4-methyl-5-(pyridin-4-yl)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: m/z 375(M+1). 26e. 4-methyl-5-(pyridin-3-yl)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: m/z 375 (M+1). 27e. 5-(Furan-3-yl)- 4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: m/z 364 (M+1). 28e. 5-(1/-/-indol-5-yl)- 4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: m/z 413 (M+1). 29e. 4-methyl -5-(1 -methyl-1 /-/-indol-5-yl)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: m/z 427 (M+1). 30e. 5-(benzofuran-5-yl)-4-methyl -3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: m/z 414 (M+1). 31 e. 5-(1-acetylindolin-5-yl)-4-methyl -3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: m/z 457 (M+1). 44e. 5-(4-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)methyl)amino)phenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: m/z 503(M+1).
Step 6: 3-(4-(N-((dimethylamino)methylene)sulfamoyl)phenyl)-N-methoxy-5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-N,4-dimethylthi-ophene-2-carboxamide. (7f) [0187]
[0188] Oxalyl chloride (1.77 g, 1.2 ml, 13.9 mmol) was added drop wise at 0°C to a solution of 5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (compound 7e, 2.8g, 6.94 mmol) in a mixture of dichlo-romethane (75 ml) and DMF (1.01g, 1.1 ml, 13.89 mmol). The so obtained mixture was allowed to come at room temperature and stirred for 1.5 hr under a nitrogen atmosphere. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC.
The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue so obtained was dissolved in dry dichloromethane (75 ml) and to this was added triethylamine (2.8g, 3.9 ml, 27.76 mmol) followed by the addition of Λ/,Ο-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (1,35g, 13.89 mmol) under stirring. The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then washed with water (2 x 25ml) and the organic layer so obtained was dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain crude product. The crude product was further purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 80% ethyl acetate in hexane as an eluent to obtain the title compound (2.73g, 78%). MS: mlz 502 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.95 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.45(d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.00(d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.70(s, 3H), 3.19 (s, 3H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.07 (s, 3H), 2.00 (s, 3H).
[0189] The compounds given below were prepared by procedure similar to the one described above for compound ’7f with appropriate variations of reactants, reaction conditions and quantities of reagents 3f. 5-(3-chlorophenyl)-3-(4-(A/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl)-A/-methoxy-/\/,4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamide. MS: mlz 506 (M+1). 5f. 5-(4-(Cyclopropylphenyl)-3-(4-(A/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl)-A/-methoxy-/\/,4-dimethylthi-ophene-2-carboxamide. MS: mlz 512 (M+1). 6f. 3-(4-(A/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl)- /\/-methoxy-/\/,4-dimethyl-5-(4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl) thiophene-2-carboxamide. MS: mlz 540 (M+1). 8f. 3-(4-(A/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl)- 5-(4-ethoxyphenyl) -W-methoxy-N,4-dimethyl thi-ophene-2-carboxamide. MS: mlz 516 (M+1). 9f. 3-(4-(/\/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl)- W-methoxy-A/,4-dimethyl-phenyl) -5-(4-(triflurometh-oxy)phenyl)thiophene-2-carboxamide. MS: mlz 556 (M+1). 10f. 3-(4-(A/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl)- A/-methoxy-/\/,4-dimethyl-phenyl) -5-(4-(p-tolyl)thi-ophene-2-carboxamide. MS: mlz 486 (M+1). 12f. 3-(4-(/\/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl)-5-(4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)- /\/-methoxy-A/,4-dimeth-y Ith io p h e n e-2-ca rboxam id e. MS: mlz 515 (M+1). 13f. 3-(4-(/\/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl)-5-(3-Fluoro phenyl)-/\/-methoxy-A/,4-dimethylthi-ophene-2-carboxamide. MS: mlz 490 (M+1). 14f. 3-(4-(/V-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl)- A/-methoxy-/\/,4-dimethyl-5-phenylthiophene-2-car-boxamide. MS: mlz 472 (M+1). 15f. 3-(4-(/\/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl)- 5-(3-ethoxyphenyl)-N-methoxy-/\/,4-dimethylthi-ophene-2-carboxamide. MS: mlz 516 (M+1). 16f. 3-(4-(A/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl)- 5-(4-ethylphenyl) - N-methoxy-/\/,4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamide. MS: mlz 500 (M+1). 25f. 3-(4-(/\/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl)-A/-methoxy-/\/,4-dimethyl-5-(pyridin-4-yl)thiophene-2- carboxamide. MS: m/z 473 (M+1). 26f. 3-(4-(/\/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl)-A/-methoxy-A/,4-dimethyl-5-(pyridin-3-yl)thiophene-2-carboxamide. MS: m/z 473 (M+1). 27f. 3 -(4-(A/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl)-5-(furan-3-yl)-A/-methoxy-A/,4-dimethyl thiophene-2-carboxamide. MS: m/z 462 (M+1). 28f. 3 -(4-(A/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl)-5-(1/-/-indol-5-yl)-N methoxy-A/,4-dimethyl thiophene- 2-carboxamide. MS: m/z 511 (M+1). 29f. 3 -(4-(A/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl)-A/-methoxy-A/,4-dimethyl-5-(1 -methyl-1 /-/-indol-5-yl) thiophene-2-carboxamide. MS: m/z 525 (M+1). 3Of. 5-(Benzofuran-5-yl)-3 -(4-(/\/-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl)-/\/-methoxy-/\/,4-dimethylthi-ophene-2-carboxamide. MS: m/z 512 (M+1). 31f. 5-(1-acetylindolin-5-yl)-3-(4-(N-((dimethylamino)methylene)sulfamoyl)phenyl)-N-methoxy-A/,4-demethylthi-ophene-2-carboxamide. MS: m/z 555 (M+1). 44f. tert-butyl (4-(4-(4-(N-((dimethylamino)methylene)sulfamoyl)phenyl)-5-(methoxy(methyl)carbamoyl)-3-methyl-thiophen-2-yl)phenyl) (methyl)carbamate. MS: m/z 601 (M+1).
Step 7: 4-(5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl) benzene sulfonamide (compound 7) [0190]
[0191] Grignard reagent (ethyl magnesium bromide, 3.59 g, 26.8 ml, 26.94 mmol) was added drop wise to a stirred solution of 3-(4-(N-((dimethylamino)methylene)sulfamoyl) phenyl)-N-methoxy-5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-N,4-dimethylthi-ophene-2-carboxamide (compound 7f, 2.7 g, 5.8 mmol) in anhydrous THF (100 ml) at 25°C, and the reaction mixture was heated at about 70 to about 75°C for 1 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After cooling the reaction mixture to 0°C, the reaction mixture was quenched by adding a solution of saturated ammonium chloride (50 ml) and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2x 100 ml). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product; which was purified by Preparative HPLC to obtain the title compound (0.84 g, 37%). MS: m/z 416 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.00 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.40-7.43 (m, 4H). 6.97 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.87 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 2.53 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 1.03 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
[0192] The following compounds were prepared according to the procedure described above but with appropriate changes to the reactants. 4-(5-(3-Chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 3) MS: mlz 420 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.93 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.62 (t, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.53-7-56 (m, 5H), 7.49 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 2.38 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 0.88 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(5-(4-cyclopropylphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 5) MS: mlz 426 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.38 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H). 7.15 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.87 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 2.55 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.91-1.97 (m, 4H), 1.01-1.06 (m, 5H), 0.75-0.78 (m,2H). 4-(4-methyl-2-propionyl-5-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)thiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 6) MS: mlz 454 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.03(d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.72 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.61(d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H). 7.43 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 5.02 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 2.54 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.97 (s, 3H), 1.04 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(5-(4-Ethoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 8) MS: mlz 430 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.95 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.88 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 4.08 (q, J= 6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.54 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 1.44 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.03 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(4-methyl-2-propionyl-5-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)thiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide(Compound 9) MS: mlz 470 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.04(d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (d, J=8.0Hz, 2H), 7.44(d, J=8.4Hz, 2H). 7.31 (d, J=8.0Hz, 2H), 4.98 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 2.55 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 1.05 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(4-methyl-2-propionyl-5-(4-tolyl)thiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 10) MS: mlz 400 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.92 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 7.45 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 2.33-2.36 (m, 5H), 1.92 (s, 3H), 0.87 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(5-((4-tert butyl)phenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 11) MS: mlz 442 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.02 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.42-7.49 (m, 6H), 4.92 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 2.56 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.97 (s, 3H), 1.36 (s, 9H), 1.06 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-((5-(4-Dimethylamino)phenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 12) MS: mlz 429 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (d, J=8.4Hz, 2H), 7.40(d, J=8.8Hz, 2H). 6.77 (d, J=8.8Hz, 2H), 4.83 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 3.03 (s, 6H), 2.55 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.97 (s, 3H), 1.05 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(5-(3-Fluorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 13) MS: mlz 404 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.02 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.40-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.26-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.09-7.14 (m, 1H), 5.09 (bs-exchanges with D20. 2H), 2.55 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 1.03 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(4-methyl-5-phenyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 14) MS: mlz 386 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.93 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.45-7.57 (m, 9H), 2.36 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 0.88 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(5-(3-Ethoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 15) MS: mlz 430 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (dd, J=8.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (t, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (dd, J=8.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.07 (bs-exchanges with D20. 2H), 4.06 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.53 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 1.42 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.02 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(5-(4-Ethylphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 16) MS: mlz 414 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.02 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.00 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 2.72 (q, J= 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.54 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 1.28 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, 3H), 1.04 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(4-methyl-2-propionyl-5-(pyridin-4-yl)thiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 25) MS: mlz 387 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 8.71 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.93 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.57-7.59 (m, 4H), 7.50 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 2.39 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.98 (s, 3H), 0.88 (t. J=7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(4-methyl-2-propionyl-5-(pyridin-3-yl)thiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 26) MS: mlz 387 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 8.77-8.78 (m, 1H), 8.66 (dd, J=8.8,1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.99-8.02 (m, 1H), 7.94 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.54-7.58 (m, 3H),), 7.50 (bs-exchanges with D20,2H), 2.38 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 0.88 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(5-(Furan-3-yl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 27) MS: mlz 376 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3. 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.68-7.69(m, 1H), 7.51 (t, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.64-6.65 (m, 1H), 4.88 (bs-exchanges with D20,2H), 2.49 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 1.02 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(5-(1 H-indol-5-yl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 28) MS: mlz 425 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 11.3 (bs-exchanges with D20, 1H), 7.92 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.74-7.75 (m, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 7.45 (t, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (dd, J=8.4, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.52-6.53 (m, 1H), 2.36 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 0.85 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(4-methyl-5-(1-methyl-1 H-indol-5-yl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 29) MS: mlz 439 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.92 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.56-7.58(m, 3H), 7.49 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 7.43 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.52 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 2.37 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 0.88 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(5-(Benzofuran-5-yl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 30) MS: mlz 426 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (m, 3H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 2.37 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 0.89 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(5-(1 ndolin-5-yl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 31) MS: mlz 427 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 7.99 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.14-7.16 (m, 1H), 6.66 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.72 (bs-exchanges with D20. 2H), 3.63 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.08 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 2.46 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.01 (bs-exchanges with D20, 1H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 1.01 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(4-methyl-5-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 32) MS: mlz 484 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.90 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.04 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 3.28-3.29 (m, 4H), 2.74-2.75 (m, 4H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.33 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.88 (s, 3H), 0.85 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(4-Methyl-5-(4-methylaminophenyl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 44) MS: mlz 415 (M+1) 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.90 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (d, J=8.4Hz. 2H), 7.47 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H) 7.31 (d, J=8.4Hz, 2H). 6.63 (d, J=8.4Hz, 2H), 6.11 (q, J=4.8 Hz -exchanges with D20,1H), 2.72 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 3H), 2.34(q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.90 (s, 3H), 0.87 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 4: Preparation of Methyl 4-methyl-5-(2-oxoindolin-5-yl)-3-(4-sulfamoyl phenyl)thiophen-2-carboxylate (Compound 42) and Ethyl 4-methyl-5-(2-oxoindolin-5-yl)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophen-2-carboxylate (Compound 43): [0193] Following a procedure analogous to the one provided for compound of formula 7d (Step 4 of example 3) and replacing 4-methoxyphenyl boronic acid with an appropriate boronic acid or a similar reagent compounds of formula 42 and 43 were prepared.
Methyl 4-methyl-5-(2-oxoindolin-5-yl)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophen-2-carboxylate (Compound 42) MS: m/z 443 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 10.60 (bs-exchanges with D20, 1H), 7.88 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (bs-exchanges with D20,2H), 7.37-7.39 (m, 2H), 6.94 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.56 (s, 2H), 1.96 (s, 3H).
Ethyl 4-methyl-5-(2-oxoindolin-5-yl)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophen-2-carboxylate (Compound 43) MS: m/z 457 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 10.59 (bs-exchanges with D20, 1H), 7.86 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 7.37-7.39 (m, 2H), 6.94 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.08 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.56 (s, 2H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 1.07 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 5: Preparation of 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)-N,N-dimethylbenzenesul-fonamide (Compound 45) [0194]
And 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 46) [0195]
[0196] To a solution of 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 1, 0.50 g, 1.19 mmol) in acetonitrile (15 ml) was added K2COs (0.25 g, 1.84 mmol) at room temperature and stirred for 15 minutes. To this was added methyl iodide (0.20 g, 0.08 ml, 1.42 mmol). The so obtained mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure. The concentrated mass was diluted with water (20 ml). The mixture so obtained was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 ml). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The crude product so obtained was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain first title compound (0.05 g, 9.38%) and second title compound (0.045 g, 8.7%).
[0197] First title compound: 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfona-mide (Compound 45)
MS: m/z 448 (M+1) 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.86 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.60-7.65 (m, 6H), 2.65 (s, 6H), 2.32 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 0.86 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
[0198] Second title compound: 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)-N-methylbenzenesulfona-mide (Compound 46)
MS: m/z 434 (M+1) 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.87 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.55-7.65 (m, 7H), 2.46 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 3H), 2.34 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 0.86 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 6: Preparation of 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-((dimethylamino) methyl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benze-nesulfonamide (Compound 35) [0199]
Step 1: Ethyl 4-(bromomethyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate. (35a) [0200]
[0201] To a stirred solution of Ethyl 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate (Compound 1b, 4.0 g, 9.17 mmol) in chlorobenzene (50 ml) were added NBS (1.77 g, 10.09 mmol) and AIBN (1.65 g, 10.09 mmol) at 25°C. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 85°C for 4 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and was quenched in aqueous sodium chloride solution (50 ml). The mixture so obtained was then extracted with Ethyl acetate (2 x 50 ml). The organic layer was washed with brine (1 x 50 ml) and dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain crude product (4.0 g). The crude product was then purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (2.8 g, 59.32 %). MS: mlz 516 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.90 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.59- 7.71 (m, 4H), 7.58(d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.51 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H) 4.29 (s, 2H), 4.10 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.06 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 3H).
Step 2: Ethyl 4-(bromomethyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(4-(N-((dimethylamino) methylene)sulfamoyl)phenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate. (35b) [0202]
[0203] To a stirred suspension of Ethyl 4-(bromomethyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-car-boxylate (compound 35a, 2.7 g, 5.24 mmol) in ethyl acetate (30 ml) were added DMF (1.91 g, 2.01 ml, 26.2 mmol) and N, W-Dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (DMF-acetal) (0.69 g, 0.76 ml, 5.76 mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere at room temperature (about 25°C). The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature (about 25°C) for 4 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 2.9 g of crude product. The crude product so obtained was then purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 1.5% methanol in DCM as an eluent to obtain the title compound (2.2 g, 73.82 %). MS: mlz 571 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 8.23 (s, 1H) 7.85 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.62-7.75 (m,4H), 7.52 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.29 (s, 2H), 4.07 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.15 (s, 3H) 2.94 (s, 3H), 1.01 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 3: Ethyl 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-((dimethylamino)methyl)-3-(4-(A/-((dimethylamino)methylene)sulfamoyl)phenyl) thi-ophene-2-carboxylate. (35c) [0204]
[0205] To a stirred suspension of Ethyl 4-(bromomethyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(4-(A/-((dimethylamino)methylene)sul-famoyl)phenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 35b, 2.20 g, 3.86 mmol) in benzene (30 ml), dimethyl amine (0.69 g, 7.6 ml 2M solution in THF, 15.4 mmol) was added at 0°C in a drop wise manner. The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature (about 25°C) for 16 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then concentrated to obtain the crude product as semi-solid (2.38 g). The crude product so obtained was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 1.2 % methanol in DCM as an eluent to obtain the title compound (1.1 g, 53.39 %). MS: mlz 534 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.66 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H),7.39-7.42 (m, 4H), 4.14 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.15 (s, 3H), 3.07 (s, 2H), 3.04 (s, 3H),1.85 (s, 6H), 1.13 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 4: 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-((dimethylamino)methyl)-3-(4sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (35d).
[0206]
[0207] Ethyl 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-((dimethylamino)methyl)-3-(4-(N-((dimethylamino) methylene)sulfamoyl)phenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 35c, 1.0 g, 1.87 mmol) was suspended in ethanol (20ml) and a solution of NaOH (0.37 g, 9.36 mmol) in water (2 ml) was added to it at 25°C. The reaction mixture was heated at 75°C under stirring for 2 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue so obtained was then diluted with water (5 ml) and cooled using ice bath. To the cooled mixture was then added aqueous 10 % HCI to bring pH of the mixture to between 5 and 6. The resulting solid was filtered and dried under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (0.8 g, 94.78%). MS: mlz 451 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 12.85 (bs-exchanges with D20,1H), 7.86 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.70 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H) 7.52-7.60 (m, 4H), 7.49 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 3.61 (s, 2H), 1.97 (s, 6H).
Step 5: 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-((dimethylamino)methyl)-3-(4-(/\/-((dimethylamino) methylene)sulfamoyl)phenyl)-A/-meth-oxy-A/-methylthiophene-2-carboxamide. (35e) [0208]
[0209] Oxalyl chloride (0.39 g, 0.26 ml, 3.1 mmol) was added drop wise at 0°C to a solution of 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-((dimethylamino)methyl)-3-(4sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (compound 35d, 0.7 g, 1.55 mmol) in a mixture of dichloromethane (25 ml) and DMF (0.27 g, 0.24 ml, 3.10 mmol). The mixture so obtained was allowed to come at room temperature and stirred for 1.5 hr under a nitrogen atmosphere. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue so obtained was dissolved in dry dichloromethane (25 ml), cooled to 0°C and to this was added triethylamine (0.94 g, 1.3 ml, 9.31 mmol) followed by the addition of Λ/,Ο-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.3 g, 3.1 mmol) under stirring. The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then diluted with DCM (25 ml) and washed with water (2 x 25ml), the organic layer so obtained was dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The crude product so obtained was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 6% methanol in DCM as an eluent to obtain the title compound (0.45 g, 52.81%). MS: mlz 549 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 8.28 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.72 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.47(s, 3H), 3.38 (s, 2H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 2.94 (s, 6H).
Step 6: 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-((dimethylamino) methyl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 35) [0210]
[0211] Grignard reagent (ethyl magnesium bromide, 0.48 g, 3.6 ml 1M solution in THF, 3.64 mmol) was added drop wise to a stirred solution of 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-((dimethylamino)methyl)-3-(4-(/\/-((dimethylamino)methylene)sulfa-moyl)phenyl)-A/-methoxy-/\/-methylthiophene-2-carboxamide (compound 35e, 0.4 g, 0.72 mmol) in anhydrous THF (20 ml) at 25°C. The reaction mixture was then heated at about 70 to about 75°C for 2 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After cooling the reaction mixture to 0°C, the reaction mixture was quenched by addition of a saturated solution of ammonium chloride (15 ml). The mixture so formed was then extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 ml). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent from the dried organic layer was evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 60 % ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (0.065 g, 19.28 %) MS: mlz 463 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 7.99 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.63 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H),4.95 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 3.05 (s, 2H), 2.51(q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H) 1.85 (s, 6H), 1.05 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H)
Example 7: Preparation of 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 33) [0212]
Step 1: Ethyl 3-bromo-5-(4-chlorophenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate. (33a) [0213]
[0214] To a solution of ethyl 3,5-dibromothiophene-2-carboxylate (Prepared according to procedure reported in J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans-1 Organic and Bioorganic Chemistry (1972-1999), 1973, p 1766-1770), 2.0 g (6.36 mmol) in a mixture of toluene: water (35:2 ml) was added (4-chlorophenyl)boronicacid [0.99 g, 6.36 mmol] and potassium carbonate (1.76 g, 12.73 mmol) at25°C. Nitrogen gas was bubbled through reaction mixture for 15 minutes. To the reaction mixture was then added tetrakis(triphenyiphosphine)pailadium(0) (0.37 g, 0.31 mmol) under nitrogen atmosphere and the reaction mixture was heated at about 95 to about 100°C for 3 hr under stirring. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 25°C and filtered through celite and the celite cake was washed with ethyl acetate (50ml). The filtrate so obtained was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by flash column chromatography using and 6% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (1.5 g, 68.18%). MS: mlz 347 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 7.52 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 4.38 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.40 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 2: Ethyl 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate. (33b) [0215]
[0216] To the solution of Ethyl 3-bromo-5-(4-chlorophenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 33a, 1.45 g, 4.19 mmol) in a mixture of toluene: ethanol (10:40 ml) was added (4-sulfamoylphenyl)boronic acid (0.84 g, 4.19 mmol) and potassium carbonate (1.16 g, 8.39 mmol) at 25°C. Nitrogen gas was bubbled through the reaction mixture for 15 minutes. To the reaction mixture was then added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.24 g, 0.20 mmol) under nitrogen atmosphere and the reaction mixture was heated at about 95 to about 100°C for 16 hr under stirring. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 25°C and filtered through celite, the celite cake was washed with Ethanol (2x25 ml). The filtrate so obtained was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 50 % ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (1.35 g, 76.27%). MS: mlz 422 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.83-7.87 (m, 4H), 7.68-7.70 (m, 3H), 7.54 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H). 7.54 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 4.19 (q, J=7.2Hz, 2H), 1.17 (t, J=7.2Hz, 3H).
Step 3: 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. (33c) [0217]
[0218] Ethyl 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 33b, 1.3g, 3.08 mmol) was suspended in ethanol (30ml) and solution of NaOH (0.61 g, 15.4 mmol) in water (3 ml) was added to it at 25°C. The reaction mixture was then heated at about 75°C under stirring for 3 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue so obtained was diluted with water (5 ml) and cooled using ice bath. To the cooled mixture was then added aqueous 10 % HCI to bring pH to between 5 and 6. The mixture so obtained was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 25 ml). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (1.10 g, 90.9%). MS: mlz 394M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 12.85 (bs-exchanges with D20, 1H), 7.81-7.86 (m, 4H), 7.70-7.72 (m, 3H), 7.53 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H).
Step 4: 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(4-(N-((dimethylamino)methylene)sulfamoyl)phenyl)-N-methoxy-N-methylthiophene-2-carboxamide. (33d) [0219]
[0220] Oxalyl chloride (0.70 g, 0.48 ml, 5.58 mmol) was added drop wise at 0°C to a solution of 5-(4-chlorophenyl)- 3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (compound 33c, 1.10 g, 2.79 mmol) in a mixture of dichloromethane (30 ml) and DMF (0.40 g, 0.43 ml, 5.58 mmol). The mixture was then allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 1.5 hr under a nitrogen atmosphere. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue so obtained was dissolved in dry dichloromethane (30 ml) and the mixture was then cooled to 0°C. To the cooled mixture was added triethylamine (1.69 g, 2.32 ml, 16.75 mmol) followed by the addition of Λ/,Ο-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.54 g, 5.58 mmol) under stirring. The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then diluted with DCM (25 ml) and washed with water (2x 25ml) and organic layer so obtained was dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The crude product was then purified by flash column chromatography using 0.8% methanol in DCM as an eluent to obtain the title compound (0.9 g, 65.69%). MS: mlz 492 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.91 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.51-7.58 (m, 4H), 7.38 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.22 (s, 3H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 3.02 (s, 3H).
Step 5: 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide. (Compound 33) [0221]
[0222] Grignard reagent (ethyl magnesium bromide, 0.67 g, 5.0 ml 1M solution in THF, 5.08 mmol) was added drop wise to a stirred solution of 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(4-(N-((dimethylamino)methylene)sulfamoyl)phenyl)-N-methoxy-N-methylthiophene-2-carboxamide (compound 33d, 0.5 g, 1.01 mmol) in anhydrous THF (15 ml) at 25°C. The reaction mixture was then heated to about 70 to about 75°C for 2 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After cooling the reaction mixture to 0°C, the reaction mixture was quenched by addition of a saturated solution of ammonium chloride (10 ml). The mixture so obtained was extracted with ethyl acetate (2x 30 ml), the combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (0.06 g, 14.6%). MS: mlz 406 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.88 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.85 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H). 7.69-7.71(m, 3H) 7.55(d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 2.58 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 0.95 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 8: Preparation of 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-(dimethylamino)-2-propionyl thiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfona-mide (Compound 34) [0223]
Step 1: Ethyl 3,5-dibromo-4-nitrothiophene-2-carboxylate. (34a) [0224]
[0225] Sulfuric acid (27.6 g, 15.0 ml, 281.0 mmol) was added in a dropwise manner to ethyl 3,5-dibromothiophene-2-carboxylate (Prepared according to procedure reported in JCS Perkin Trans-1 :Organic and Bioorganic Chemistry (1972-1999), 1973, p 1766-1770), 5.0 g (15.92 mmol), at room temperature (about 25°C). The reaction mixture was then cooled to -5°C and to the cooled mixture was added nitric acid (2.0 g, 2.04 ml, 31.84 mmol) slowly. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 0°C for 1 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then poured onto ice-water (150 ml). The mixture so obtained was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 ml). The combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulphate and was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 2% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (3.40 g, 59.54%). MS: m/z 359 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 4.40(q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.40(t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 2: Ethyl 4-amino-3,5-dibromothiophene-2-carboxylate. (34b) [0226]
[0227] To the solution of Ethyl 3,5-dibromo-4-nitrothiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 34a, 10.0 g, 27.85 mmol) in acetic acid (100 ml) was added iron powder (7.77 g, 139.27 mmol). The reaction mixture was then heated at 60°C for 35 min under stirring. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 25°C. Acetic acid from the reaction mixture was then evaporated under reduced pressure. The pH of the resulting reaction mass was brought to between 8 and 9 by adding to it saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. To the mixture so obtained was added ethyl acetate (150 ml), the resulting emulsion was filtered and then the organic layer was separated. The aqueous layer remaining behind was re-extracted with ethyl acetate (2x 100 ml). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulphate and the dried organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 2% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (6.00 g, 65.50%). MS: m/z 330 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 4.34 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.03(bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 1.36 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 3: Ethyl 3,5-dibromo-4-(dimethylamino)thiophene-2-carboxylate (34c) [0228]
[0229] To a solution of Ethyl 4-amino-3,5-dibromothiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 34b, 5.0 g, 15.19 mmol) in DMF (25 ml) was added NaH (60% suspension in mineral oil) (1.82 g, 45.49 mmol) in portion wise manner at a temperature of about -5°C. The reaction mixture was then stirred at -5°C for 20 min. To the reaction mixture was then added io-domethane (6.47 g, 2.83 ml, 45.59 mmol) and stirring was continued for 40 min at -5°C. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then quenched by addition of cold water (50 ml), the mixture so obtained was then extracted with ethyl acetate (3x 100 ml). The combined organic layer was then dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by flash column chromatography using 2.5% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (3.2 g, 58.97%). MS: m/z 358 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 4.33 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.89 (s, 6H), 1.35 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 4: Ethyl 3-bromo-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-(dimethylamino)thiophene-2-carboxylate. (34d) [0230]
[0231] To a solution of Ethyl 3,5-dibromo-4-(dimethylamino)thiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 34c, 3.0 g, 8.40 mmol) in a mixture of toluene:ethanol (5ml:30ml) was added (4-chlorophenyl)boronic acid [1.44 g, 9.24 mmol] and potassium carbonate (2.32 g, 16.80 mmol) at 25°C. Nitrogen gas was bubbled through the reaction mixture for 15 minutes. To the reaction mixture was then added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.48 g, 0.42 mmol) under nitrogen atmosphere and the reaction mixture was heated at about 95 to 100°C for 3 hr under stirring. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 25°C and filtered through celite, the celite cake was then washed with ethyl acetate (50ml). The filtrate so obtained was then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by flash column chromatography using 12% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (2.5 g, 76.56%). MS: mlz 389 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 7.47 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H) 4.38 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.78 (s, 6H), 1.40 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 5: Ethyl 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-(dimethylamino)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate. (34e) [0232]
[0233] To a solution of Ethyl 3-bromo-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-(dimethylamino)thiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 34d, 2.20 g, 5.65 mmol) in a mixture of toluene:ethanol (10ml:30ml) was added (4-sulfamoylphenyl)boronic acid (1.25 g, 6.22 mmol) and potassium carbonate (1.56 g, 11.30 mmol) at 25°C. Nitrogen gas was bubbled through the reaction mixture for 15 minutes. To the reaction mixture was then added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.32 g, 0.28 mmol) under nitrogen and the reaction mixture was heated at about 95 to about 100°C for 16 hr under stirring. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 25°C and filtered through celite. The celite cake was then washed with ethanol (2x25 ml). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by flash column chromatography using 55% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (2.0 g, 76.05%). MS: mlz 465 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.85 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.60 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.52-7.55 (m, 4H). 7.44 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 4.07(q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H) 2.33(s, 6H), 1.07 (t, J=7.24 Hz, 3H)
Step 6: 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-(dimethylamino)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. (34 f) [0234]
[0235] Ethyl 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-(dimethylamino)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 34e, 2.00 g, 4.30 mmol) was suspended in ethanol (30ml) and solution of NaOH (0.86 g, 21.5 mmol) in water (4 ml) was added to it at 25°C. The reaction mixture was then heated at 75°C under stirring for 2 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue so obtained was diluted with water (10 ml) and cooled using ice bath. To the cooled mixture was added aqueous 10 % HCI to bring the pH od the solution to about 6. The mixture so obtained was extracted with ethyl acetate (3x 30 ml). The combined organic layer was then dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (1.60 g, 85.1%) MS: mlz 437 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 12.97(bs-exchanges with D20,1H), 7.84 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.58(d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.52-7.54 (m, 4H), 7.44 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 2.32 (s, 6H)
Step 7: 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-(dimethylamino)-3-(4-(N-((dimethylamino)methylene) sulfamoyl)phenyl)-N-methoxy-N-methylthiophene-2-carboxamide. (34g) [0236]
[0237] Oxalyl chloride (0.58 g, 0.39 ml, 4.57 mmol) was added drop wise to a solution of 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-(dimeth-ylamino)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (compound 34f, 1.00 g, 2.28 mmol) in a mixture of dichlo-romethane (30 ml) and DMF (0.33 g, 0.35 ml, 4.57 mmol) at 0°C. The reaction mixture was then allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 1.5 hr under a nitrogen atmosphere. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue so obtained was dissolved in dry dichlo-romethane (30 ml) and cooled to 0°C. To the cooled reaction mixture was then added triethylamine (1.38 g, 1.90 ml, 13.68 mmol) followed by the addition of Ν,Ο-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.40 g, 4.57 mmol) under stirring. The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then diluted with DCM (25 ml) and washed with water (2x 25ml). The combined organic layer was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 1.6% methanol in DCM as an eluent to obtain the title compound (0.8 g, 65.35%). MS: mlz 535 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO 400 MHz): δ 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.77 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.54(m, 4H) 7.44(d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.08 (s, 3H), 2.94 (s, 3H), 2.34 (s, 6H).
Step 8: 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-(dimethylamino)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl) benzene sulfonamide. (Compound 34) [0238]
[0239] Grignard reagent (ethyl magnesium bromide, 0.62 g, 4.66 ml 1M solution in THF, 4.67 mmol) was added drop wise to a stirred solution of 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-(dimethylamino)-3-(4-(N-((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N- methylthiophene-2-carboxamide (compound 34g, 0.5 g, 0.93 mmol) in anhydrous THF (30 ml) at 25°C. The reaction mixture was then heated at about 70 to 75°C for 2 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After cooling the reaction mixture to 0°C, the reaction mixture was quenched by addition of saturated solution of ammonium chloride (10 ml). The mixture so obtained was then extracted with ethyl acetate (2x 30 ml). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 40 % ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (0.27 g, 64.43 %). The title compound was then purified by preparative HPLC (0.135 g, 32.2%). MS: mlz 449 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.90 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.60-7.62 (m, 4H). 7.54 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 2.32-2.36 (s, 8H), 0.86 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 9: 5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-/V,/V,4-trimethyl-3-(4-sulphamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxamide. (Compound 36) [0240]
[0241] Dimethyl amine (0.055 g, 0.61 ml 2M solution in THF, 1.22 mmol) was added drop wise to a solution of 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (compound 1c, 0.25 g, 0.61 mmol) in dry THF (15 ml) under a nitrogen atmosphere at 0°C. To the reaction mixture HATU (0.26 g, 0.67 mmol) and DIPEA (0.16 g, 0.21 ml, 1.24 mmol) were added at 0°C with stirring. The mixture was then allowed to warm to 10°C and stirred for 2 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure. The concentrated mass so obtained was diluted with ethyl acetate (30 ml) and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (2x15 ml) and brine (1 x 15ml). The organic layer obtained was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by flash column chromatography using 25 % ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (0.06 g, 22.50 %). MS: mlz 435 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.89 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (s, 4H), 7.49 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 3.61 (m, 3H), 3.13 (m, 3H), 2.11 (s, 3H).
[0242] The following compounds were prepared according to the procedure described above but with appropriate changes to the reactants. 5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-A/-methoxy-A/,4-dimethyl-3-(4-sulphamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxamide (Compound 37) MS: mlz 451 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.85 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (s, 4H), 7.44 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 2.01 (s, 3H). 5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-/\/-(2-hydroxyethy/)-4-methyl-N-propyl-3-(4-sulphamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxam- ide(Compound 38) MS: mlz 493 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.87 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.55-7.57 (m, 4H), 7.52 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 4.71 (bs-exchanges with D20,1H), 3.25-3.30 (m, 4H), 3.16-3.21 (m, 2H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 1.27-1.29 (m, 2H), 1.02 (d, J= 6.0 Hz, 3H). 4-(5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-(piperidine-1-carbonyl)thiophen-3-yl) benzene sulfonamide (Compound 39) MS: mlz 475 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.89 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.56-7.60 (m, 4H), 7.54 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 3.59-3.64 (m, 2H), 3.12-3.16 (m, 2H), 2.12 (s, 3H), 1.22-1.27 (m, 6H).
Example 10: Preparation of 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 49) [0243]
Step 1: Methyl-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-1/-/-pyrrole-2-carboxylate. (49a) [0244]
[0245] To a stirred solution of sodium hydride (60% suspension in mineral oil) (0.529g, 13.22 mmol) in DMF (5 ml) at 0°C was added a solution of methyl-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1/-/-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (prepared according to the procedure reported in J. org. Chem., 2009, 74(2), 903-905, Org. Lett. 2007, 9(25), 5191-5194, 2.20g, 8.81 mmol) in DMF (10 ml), which was then followed by the addition of methyl iodide (1.88 g, 0.83 ml, 13.22 mmol). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 45 minutes. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then quenched with water (10 ml). The mixture so obtained was then extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 ml). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 15-20 % ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (1.9 g, 81.9 %) MS: mlz 264 (M+1) 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.55 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.48 (s, 1H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H).
Step 2: Methyl-3-bromo-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-1 f/-pyrrole-2-carboxylate. (49β) [0246]
[0247] Bromine (1.69 g, 0.54 ml, 10.54 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of methyl-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-1/-/-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (compound 49a, 1.85 g, 7.03 mmol) in acetic acid (20 ml) at 10°C. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Acetic acid was removed from the reaction mixture under reduced pressure and residue obtained was dissolved in ethyl acetate (150 ml). The mixture so obtained was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (50 ml) followed by washing with brine (50 ml). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was washed with a mixture of ethyl acetate in hexanes (10:90) to obtain the title compound (2.1 g, 87.5%) 1HNMR (CDCIg, 400 MHz): δ 7.43 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H). Step 3: Methyl-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)-1/-/-pyrrole-2-carboxylate. (49γ) [0248]
[0249] To the solution of methyl-3-bromo-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (compound 49β, 2.0 g, 5.84 mmol) in a mixture of toluene: ethanol (15:40 ml) was added 4-aminosulfonylbenzene boronic acid (1.41 g, 7.01 mmol) and potassium carbonate (2.42 g, 17.52 mmol) at 25°C in a sealed tube and a nitrogen gass was bubbled through the resulting mixture for 15 minutes. To the reaction mixture was then added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palla-dium(0) (0.349 g, 0.29 mmol) under nitrogen and reaction mixture was heated at about 95 to about 100°C for 15 hr under stirring. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 25°C and filtered through celite. The celite cake was washed with ethanol (100 ml) and ethyl acetate (50 ml). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by column chromatography oversilica gel (100-200 mesh) using 40 % ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (1.7 g, 69.6 %). MS: mlz 419 (M+1), HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 7.92 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.86 (bs, exchange with D20,2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.58 (s, 3H), 1.79 (s, 3H).
Step 4: 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid. (49ε) [0250]
[0251] Methyl 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)-1 /-/-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (compound 49γ, 1.6 g, 3.82 mmol) was suspended in ethanol (100 ml) and treated with solution of NaOH (0.76 g 19.13 mmol) in water (20 ml) at 0°C. The reaction mixture was then heated at 80°C under stirring for 15 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure. The reaction mixture was then treated with dilute HCI to bring pH of the mixture to between 6 and 7. The obtained mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 ml). The combined organic layer was then dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (1.3 g, 84.4 %). MS: mlz 405 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 11.89 (bs, exchanges with D20, 1H), 7.79 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.59 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (bs, exchanges with D20, 2H), 3.67(s, 3H), 1.77 (s, 3H).
Step 5: 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-/\/-methoxy-/\/,1,4-trimethyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)-1/-/-pyrrole-2-carboxamide. (49φ) [0252]
[0253] To a stirred solution of 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)-1 H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid (compound 49ε, 0.800 g, 1.98 mmol) in DMF (15 ml,) was added HOBT (0.333 g, 2.17 mmol) at room temperature followed by the addition of Λ/,Ο-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.386g, 3.96 mmol). The reaction mixture was then cooled to 0°C, and to the cooled reaction mixture was added EDC (0.570g, 2.97 mmol) and triethylamine (0.80g, 1.10 ml, 7.92 mmol). The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 15 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue so obtained was taken in ethyl acetate (100 ml) and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (20 ml) followed by washing with brine (20 ml). The organic layer obtained was dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The crude product was then purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (0.680 g, 76.8 %). MS: mlz 448 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.83 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.59 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (bs, exchanges with D20, 2H), 3.43(s, 6H), 2.99(s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 3H).
Step 6: 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(4-(N-((dimethylamino)methylene)sulfamoyl)phenyl)-/\/-methoxy-A/,1,4-trimethyl-1 H-pyr-role-2-carboxamide. (49co) [0254]
[0255] To a stirred solution of 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-/\/-methoxy-A/,1,4-trimethyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)-1/-/-pyrrole-2-car-boxamide (compound 49φ, 0.650 g, 1.45 mmol) in ethyl acetate (12 ml,) was added DMF (0.65 ml) and DMF acetal (0.207 g, 0.233 ml, 1.74 mmol) sequentially at room temperature. The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 15 hr under a nitrogen atmosphere. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The precipitated out product was filtered and washed with ether (10 ml) to obtain the title compound (0.600 g, 82.19 %). MS: mlz 503 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.77 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.43(s, 6H), 3.15 (s, 3H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 2.92 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 3H).
Step 7: 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1/-/-pyrrol-3-yl) benzene sulfonamide (Compound 49) [0256]
[0257] Grignard reagent (ethyl magnesium bromide, 0.531 g, 3.98 ml, 1M sóin. In THF, 3.98 mmol) was added dropwise under a nitrogen atmosphere to a stirred solution of 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(4-(N-((dimethylamino)methylene) sulfa-moyl)phenyl)-/\/-methoxy-A/,1,4-trimethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxamide (compound 49ω, 0.400 g, 0.79 mmol) in anhydrous THF (15 ml) at 25°C, and the reaction mixture was then heated to about 70 to about 75°C for 1 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After cooling the reaction mixture to 0°C, the cooled reaction mixture was quenched by addition of saturated solution of ammonium chloride (10 ml). The mixture so formed was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 ml). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent from the dried organic soultuon was evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by preparative HPLC to obtain the title compound (0.070 g, 21.08%) MS: mlz 417(M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.93 (bs, exchanges with D20, 2H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 2.16 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.76 (s, 3H), 0.93 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 11: Preparation of 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 49) (Alternative method) [0258]
Step 1: 1-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)propan-1-one (49a) [0259]
[0260] Ν,Ν-dimethyl propionamide (3.24 g, 3.52 ml, 32.08 mmol) was cooled at 0-5°C and and to this was added POCI3 (4.9 g, 2.9ml, 32.08 mmol) slowly in a dropwise manner. The resulting mixture was then stirred at room temperature (about 25°C) for 20 minutes. The reaction mixture was then diluted with 1,2-dichloroethane (60 ml) and cooled to 0°C. To the cooled reaction mixture was then added a solution of 2-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,3-dimethyl-1H-pyrrole (prepared according to the procedure given in Tetrahedron Letters 46 (2005) 4539-4542, 6.0 g, 29.17 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (60 ml) dropwise. The reaction mixture was then heated to reflux for 30 minutes. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The mixture so obtained was allowed to cool to room temperature and was diluted with aqueous solution of sodium acetate trihydrate (21.8 g, 160.4 mmol in 45 ml water). The mixture so obtained was further heated to reflux for 30 minutes, two layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (3X100 ml). The combined organic layer was washed with water (1 X100 ml) and dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent from the reaction mixture was evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. This crude product was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 4-6% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (6.55 g, 85.8%) MS: mlz 262 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 7.45 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.24 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 2.83(q, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.02 (s, 3H),1.21 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H).
[0261] The compounds given below were prepared by procedure similar to the one described above for compound ’49a’ with appropriate variations of reactants, reaction conditions and quantities of reagents. 54a. 1 -(5-(4-Fluorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-2-yl)propan-1 -one MS: mlz 246(M+1), 55a. 1 -(5-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-2-yl)propan-1 -one MS: mlz 258 (M+1), 56a. 1-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-2-yl)butan-1-one MS: mlz 276 (M+1), 57a. 1-(5-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-2-yl)propan-1-one MS: mlz 297 (M+1), 58a. 1-(5-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)propan-1- one. MS: mlz 286 (M+1), Step 2: 1-(3-Bromo-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)propan-1-one. (49b) [0262]
[0263] A solution of N-bromosuccinimide (4.42 g, 24.83 mmol) in THF (62.5 ml) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of 1-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-1/-/-pyrrol-2-yl)propan-1-one (compound 49a, 6.5 g, 24.83 mmol) in THF (100 ml) at -78°C.. The resulting reaction mixture was then stirred at a temperature of-78°Cfor5 hr. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 25°C slowly during further 3 to 4 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The solventfrom the reaction mixture was evaporated under reduced pressure and residue so obtained was mixed in ethyl acetate (200 ml). The resulting mixture was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (1 X100 ml) which was followed by washing with water (1 X100 ml). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by flash column chromatography using 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes to obtain the title compound (7.58 g, 90%). MS: mlz 342 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 7.45 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.22 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.12(q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.96 (s, 3H),1.21 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
[0264] The compounds given below were prepared by procedure similar to the one described above for compound ’49b’ with appropriate variations of reactants, reaction conditions and quantities of reagents. 54b. 1-(3-Bromo-5-(4-Fluorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-1/-/-pyrrol-2-yl)propan-1-one MS: mlz 325 (M+1). 55b. 1-(3-Bromo-5-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-1/-/-pyrrol-2-yl)propan-1-one MS: mlz 336 (M+1), 56b. 1-(3-Bromo-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-1/-/-pyrrol-2-yl)butan-1-one MS: mlz 356 (M+1), 57b. 1-(3-Bromo-5-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)propan-1-one MS: mlz 376 (M+1), 58b. 1-(3-Bromo-5-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)propan-1-one MS: mlz 365 (M+1),
Step 3: 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzene sulfonamide. (Compound 49) [0265]
[0266] To a solution of 1-(3-bromo-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-2-yl)propan-1-one (compound 49b, 3.0 g, 8.81 mmol) in a mixture of toluene:ethanol (15 ml:45 ml) were added 4-aminosulfonylbenzene boronic acid (1.947 g, 9.69 mmol) and potassium carbonate (2.43 g, 17.61 mmol) at 25°C in a sealed tube and a nitrogen gas was bubbled through it for 15 minutes. To the reaction mixture was the added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.51 g, 0.44 mmol) under nitrogen atmosphere and reaction mixture was heated at about 90 to about 95°C for 18 hr under stirring. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 25°C and filtered through celite. The celite cake was washed with 10% methanol in dichloromethane. The combined filtrate so obtained was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by flash column chromatography using 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (1.22 g, 33.2%). MS: mlz 417 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.02 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.30 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.11 (bs, exchanges with D20, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 2.17 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.75 (s, 3H), 0.94(t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
[0267] The following compounds were prepared according to the procedure described above but with appropriate changes to the reactants. 4-(5-(4-Fluorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzene sulfonamide (Compound 54) MS: mlz 401(M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.31-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.21 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.98 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 2.18 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.74 (s, 3H), 0.94 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(5-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1 H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzene sulfonamide (Compound 55) MS: mlz 413(M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.03 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.89 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 2.18 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.76 (s, 3H), 0.92 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(2-butyryl-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzene sulfonamide (Compound 56) MS: mlz 431(M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.46-7.49 (m, 4H), 7.31 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.96 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 2.13 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.76 (s, 3H), 1.45-1.52 (m, 2H), 0.71 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(5-(2,4-Dichlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzene sulfonamide (Compound 57) MS: mlz 452(M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (dd, J=8.4, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.28 (m, 1H), 4.93 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 2.19 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.66 (s, 3H), 0.95 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). 4-(5-(2,3-Dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzene sulfonamide (Compound 58) MS: mlz 441(M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.89 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 6.99 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.86-6.91 (m, 2H), 4.30 (s, 4H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 2.12 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.71 (s, 3H), 0.83 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 12: Preparation of 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 53) [0268]
Step 1 : 1-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1/-/-pyrrol-2-yl)propan-1-one. (53a) [0269]
phosphorus oxychloride (1.496 g, 0.896 ml, 9.76 mmol) was added dropwise to previously cooled (0 to 5°C) N,N-dimethyl propionamide (0.987 g, 1.073 ml, 9.76 mmol) maintaining the temperature between about 0°C to about 5°C. The resulting reaction mixture was then allowed to warm to room temperature (about 25°C), which was then stirred at room temperature (about 25°C) for 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was then diluted with 1,2-dichloroethane (17 ml), the resulting mixture was cooled to 0°C, to it was then added 2-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-methyl-1/-/-pyrrole (prepared according to the procedure given in Tetrahedron Letters 46 (2005)4539-4542,1.7 g, 8.87 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (17 ml) dropwise. The reaction mixture so formed was heated to reflux for 30 minutes. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then allowed to cool to room temperature, and to it was then added a solution of sodium acetate trihydrate (6.64 g, 48.8 mmol) in 14 ml water. The reaction mixture so obtained was heated to reflux for 30 minutes. Two phases formed in the reaction mixture were then separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (3x50 ml). The combined organic layer was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (1X50 ml) followed by washing with water (1 x50 ml), and then the organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The crude product was then purified by flash column chromatography using 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (1.82 g, 83%) MS: mlz 247 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 9.75 (bs, exchanges with D20,1H), 7.47 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.81(d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 2.79 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.26 (s, 3H),1.21 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 2: 1-(3-Bromo-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)propan-1-one. (53b) [0270]
[0271] A solution of N-bromosuccinimide (1.25 g, 7.06 mmol) in THF (20 ml) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of 1-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1/-/-pyrrol-2-yl)propan-1-one (compound 53a, 1.75 g, 7.06 mmol) in THF (40 ml) at about -78°C. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at about -78°C for 5 hr. The reaction mixture was then allowed to warm to 25°C slowly during further 3 to 4 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The solvent was evaporated from the reaction mixture under reduced pressure and to the residue so obtained was added ethyl acetate (200 ml). The mixture so obtained was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (1 X50 ml) followed by washing with water (1 X50 ml). The combined organic layer was then dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by flash column chromatography using 10 % ethyl acetate in hexanes to obtain the title compound (1.77 g, 77%) MS: mlz 327 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3,400 MHz): δ 9.67 (bs, exchangeable with D20,1H) 7.43 (m,4H), 3.05 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.21 (s, 3H),1.20 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 3: 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionyl-1/-/-pyrrol-3-yl) benzene sulfonamide. (Compound 53) [0272]
[0273] To the solution of 1-(3-bromo-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1/-/-pyrrol-2-yl)propan-1-one (compound 53b, 1.0 g, 3.06 mmol) in a mixture of toluene: ethanol (5:15 ml) was added 4-aminosulfonylbenzene boronic acid (0.67 g, 3.37 mmol) and potassium carbonate (1.26 g, 9.19 mmol) at a temperature of about 25°C in a sealed tube and a nitrogen gas was bubbled through the resulting reaction mixture for 15 minutes. To the reaction mixture was then added tet-rakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.17 g, 0.153 mmol) under nitrogen atmosphere and the reaction mixture was heated at about 90°C to 95°C for 18 hr under stirring. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 25°C and filtered through celite. The celite cake was washed with 10% methanol in dichlo-romethane (3x25ml). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by flash column chromatography using 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (0.082 g, 6.65%). MS: mlz 403 (M+1), 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 11.83 (bs, exchanges with D20, 1H) 7.87 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.61 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.53 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.51 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (bs, exchanges with D20,2H), 2.40 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.91 (s, 3H), 0.91 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 13: 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-ethyl-4-methyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound 51) [0274]
Step 1: 2-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-ethyl-3-methyl-1H-pyrrole. (51a) [0275]
[0276] A solution of 2-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-methyl-1 H-pyrrole (prepared according to the procedure given in Tetrahedron Letters 46 (2005) 4539-4542, 1.0 g, 5.22 mmol) in DMF (10 ml) was added dropwise to a stirred suspension of Sodium hydride (0.23 g, 5.74 mmol, 60% dispersion in mineral oil) in 20 ml DMF at 0°C under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was then stirred at about 0°C for 30 min. Ethyl iodide (0.89 g, 0.47 ml, 5.74 mmol) was then added to the reaction mixture maintaining the temperature at 0°C. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 25°C for 3 hrs. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was slowly quenched with cold water (30 ml) and the resulting mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate (2x 30 ml). The combined organic layer was then washed with brine (1x 30 ml) and dried over sodium sulfate. The dried organic layer was then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain crude product as semi-solid mass (0. 8 g), which was then purified by flash column chromatography using 5% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (0.6 g, 52.3%). MS: mlz 220 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 7.42 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.24 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.71 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 6.10 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 1.24 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 2: 1-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-ethyl-4-methyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)propan-1-one. (51b) [0277]
[0278] Phosphorus oxychloride (0.47 g, 0.28 ml, 3.00 mmol) was added dropwise to previously cooled (0 to 5°C) N,N-dimethyl propionamide (0.30 g, 0.27 ml, 3.00 mmol) maintaining the temperature between about 0°C to about 5°C. The resulting reaction mixture was then allowed to warm to room temperature (about 25°C), which was then stirred at room temperature (about 25°C) for 20 minutes. The reaction mixture was then diluted with 1,2-dichloroethane (15 ml), the resulting mixture was cooled to 0°C, to it was then added 2-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-ethyl-3-methyl-1H-pyrrole (compound 51 a, 0.6 g, 2.73 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (15 ml) dropwise. The reaction mixture so formed was heated to reflux for 30 minutes. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then allowed to cool to room temperature, and to it was then added a solution of sodium acetate trihydrate (1.23 g, 15.0 mmol) in 14 ml water. The reaction mixture so obtained was heated to reflux for 30 minutes. Two phases formed in the reaction mixture were then separated. The aqueous layerwas extracted with dichloromethane (3x30 ml). The combined organic layer was washed with water (1X30 ml) and dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by flash column chromatography using 10 % ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (0.5 g, 66.4%). MS: mlz 276 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 7.46 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.23 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.90 (s, 1H), 4.23 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.85 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 1.22 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.16 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 3: 1-(3-bromo-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-ethyl-4-methyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)propan-1-one. (51c).
[0279]
[0280] A solution of N-bromosuccinimide (0.35 g, 1.99 mmol) in THF (10 ml) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of 1-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-ethyl-4-methyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)propan-1-one (compound 51b, 0.5 g, 1.81 mmol) in THF (25 ml) at about - 78°C.. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at about -78°C for 5 hr. The reaction mixture was then allowed to warm to 25°C slowly during further 3 to 4 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The solvent was evaporated from the reaction mixture under reduced pressure and to the residue so obtained was added ethyl acetate (50 ml). The mixture so obtained was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (1X30 ml) followed by washing with water (1 x30 ml). The combined organic layerwas then dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by flash column chromatography 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (0.5 g, 78.0%). 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 7.45 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.22 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.20 (q, J= 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.14 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.91 (s, 3H), 1.22 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.12 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 3H).
Step 4: 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-ethyl-4-methyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide. (Compound 51) [0281]
[0282] To the solution of 1-(3-bromo-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-ethyl-4-methyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)propan-1-one (compound 51c, 0.5 g, 1.41 mmol) in a mixture of toluene: ethanol (3:12 ml) was added 4-aminosulfonylbenzene boronic acid (0.34 g, 1.69 mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.48 g, 3.52 mmol) at a temperature of about 25°C in a sealed tube and a nitrogen gas was bubbled through the reaction mixture for 15 minutes. To the reaction mixture was then added tet-rakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.16 g, 0.14 mmol) under nitrogen atmosphere and the reaction mixture was heated at about 90°C to 95°C for 18 hr under stirring. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 25°C and filtered through celite. The celite cake was washed with 10% methanol in dichlo-romethane (2x 20 ml). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by column chromatography over silicagel (100-200 mesh) using 30-35% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (0.2 g, 32.9%). MS: m/z 431 (M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.02 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.47-7.49 (m, 4H), 7.29 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.94 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 4.21 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.18 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.69 (s, 3H), 1.16 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
[0283] Analogously, by practicing the above procedure with appropriate change in the reactants, following compound was prepared 4-(5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-methyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzene sulfonamide (Compound 52) MS: m/z 457(M+1), 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.46-7.50 (m, 4H), 7.30 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.97 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 4.14 (q, J= 6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.20 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.72 (s, 3H), 0.96 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.86-0.87 (m, 1H), 0.31-0.34 (m, 2H), -0.08- -0.04 (m, 2H).
Example 14: Preparation of 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)-2-methylbenzenesulfona-mide. (compound 41) [0284]
Step 1: Methyl 3-(4-(N-(tert-butyl)sulfamoyl)-3-methylphenyl)-4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate (41a) [0285]
[0286] 4-bromo-N-(tert-butyl)-2-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Prepared according to the procedure reported in the literature, Tetrahedron, 2006, 62, 7902-7910, 1.43 g, 4.68 mmol) and Potassium phosphate (2.25 g, 10.63 mmol) were added to a stirred suspension of methyl 4-methyl-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)thiophene-2-carboxy-late (Prepared according to the procedure reported in the literature, J. Org. Chem., 2010, 75, 3855-3858, 1.2 g, 4.25 mmol) in a mixture of 20 ml of THF and 4 ml of water in a tube under a nitrogen atmosphere at room temperature (25°C). Nitrogen was purging was continued to this suspension for 15 minute at room temperature (25°C). Triphenyl phospine (0.056 g, 0.21 mmol) and palladium (II) acetate (0.02 g, 0.08 mmol) were then added to it at 25°C and the tube was sealed. Reaction mixture was stirred at 70°C for 20 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then filtered and washed with ethyl acetate (2X30 ml). The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by flash column chromatography using 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (0.7 g, 43.10%). MS: m/z 382 (M+1) 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.09 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.23 (m, 3H), 4.52 (bs-exchanges with D20,1H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 1.27 (s, 9H).
Step 2: Methyl 5-bromo-4-methyl-3-(3-methyl-4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate (41b) [0287]
[0288] Bromine (0.35 g, 0.11 ml, 2.2 mmol) was added drop wise to a stirred suspension of methyl 3-(4-(N-(tert-butyl)sulfamoyl)-3-methylphenyl)-4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate (41a, 0.70 g, 1.83 mmol) in DCM (15 ml) at 0°C. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 25°C for 3 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then concentrated. DCM (50 ml) was added to the residue. The mixture so obtained was washed with water (2x20 ml), brine (1x20 ml) and dried over sodium sulfate. The dried organic layer was then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product as semi-solid (0.7 g), which was then purified by flash column chromatography using 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (0.63 g, 85.13%). MS: m/z 405 [M+1] 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.09 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.17-7.23 (m, 2H), 4.91 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 2.72 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 3H).
Step 3: Ethyl 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(3-methyl-4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate. (41c) [0289]
[0290] (4-chlorophenyl)boronic acid [0.29 g, 1.85 mmol] and potassium carbonate (0.43 g, 3.09 mmol) were added to a solution of methyl 5-bromo-4-methyl-3-(3-methyl-4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate (41 b, 0.62 g, 1.54 mmol) in a mixture of 5 ml of toluene and 20 ml ethanol at 25°C. A nitrogen gas was bubbled through reaction mixture for 15 minutes. To the reaction mixture was then added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)paliadium(0) (0.09 g, 0.08 mmol) under nitrogen atmosphere and the reaction mixture was heated at a temperature between about 95°C to 100°C for 3 hr under stirring. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 25°C and filtered through celite. The celite cake was washed with ethyl acetate (20ml). The combined filtrate was then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by flash column chromatography using 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (0.53 g, 76.8%). MS: mlz 450 (M+1) 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.09 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.46 (m, 4H), 7.21-7.24 (m, 2H), 4.88 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 4.17 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.73(s, 3H), 1.99 (s, 3H), 1.19 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 3H).
Step-4: 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(3-methyl-4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. (41d) [0291]
[0292] Ethyl 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(3-methyl-4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate (41c, 0.6 g, 1.33 mmol) was suspended in ethanol (20ml) and a solution of sodiumhydroxide (0.1 g, 2.66 mmol) in water (2 ml] was added to it at 25°C. The reaction mixture was then heated at 75°C under stirring for 2 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue so obtained was then diluted with water (5 ml) and the mixture was cooled using ice bath. To the cooled mixture was added 10 % aqueous HCI to bring the pH of the mixture between about 5 and 6. The mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 35 ml). The combined organic layer was then dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (0.53 g, 94%). MS: m/z 422 (M+1) 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 12.52 (bs-exchanges with D20, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.54-7.58 (m, 4H), 7.46 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 7.27-7.32 (m, 2H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 1.98 (s, 3H).
Step 5: 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(4-(N-((dimethylamino)methylene)sulfamoyl)-3-methylphenyl)-N-methoxy-N,4-dimethylth-iophene-2-carboxamide (41 e) [0293]
[0294] Oxalyl chloride (0.47 g, 0.32 ml, 3.7 mmol) was added drop wise to a solution of 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 3-(3-methyl-4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (41 d, 0.52 g, 1.23 mmol) in a mixture of dichloromethane (20 ml) and DMF (0.18 g, 0.19 ml, 2.46 mmol) at 0°C. The mixture was then allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 1.5 hr under a nitrogen atmosphere. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue so obtained was then dissolved in dry dichloromethane (20 ml) and cooled to 0°C. To the cooled solution so obtained was then added triethylamine (0.74 g, 1.03 ml, 7.39 mmol), which was then followed by addition of Λ/,Ο-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.24 g, 2.46 mmol) under stirring. The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then diluted with DCM (20 ml) and the mixture so obtained was washed with water (2 X 10 ml). The organic layer obtained was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The crude product was then purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 0.8% methanol in DCM as an eluent to obtain the title compound (0.34 g, 53%). MS: m/z 520 (M+1) 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.43-7.44 (m, 4H), 7.15-7.19 (m, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.20 (s, 3H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 3.06 (s, 3H), 2.70(s, 3H), 1.98 (s, 3H).
Step 6: 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)-2-methylbenzene sulfonamide. (Compound 41) [0295]
[0296] Grignard reagent (Ethyl magnesium bromide, 0.42 g, 3.17 ml 1M solution in THF, 3.17 mmol) was added drop wise to a stirred solution of (5-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(4-(N-((dimethylamino)methylene)sulfamoyl)-3-methylphenyl)-N-meth-oxy-N,4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamide (41 e, 0.33 g, 0.63 mmol) in anhydrous THF (20 ml) at 25°C. The reaction mixture was then heated to about 70°C to 75°Cfor 1 hr. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 0°C. The cooled reaction mixture was quenched by adding saturated solution of ammonium chloride (10 ml) and the mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate (2x30 ml). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by preparative HPLC to obtain the title compound (0.05 g, 18.1%) MS: m/z 434 (M+1) 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.93 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.56-7.59 (m, 4H), 7.51 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 7.35-7.38 (m, 2H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 2.32 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.92 (s, 3H), 0.87 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 15: Preparation of 1-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-(piperidin-1-ylsulfonyl)phenyl)thiophen-2-yl)propan-1-one (Compound 48).
[0297]
Step 1: Ethyl 4-methyl-3-(4-(piperidin-1-ylsulfonyl)phenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate (48a) [0298]
[0299] (4-(piperidin-1-ylsulfonyl)phenyl) boronic acid (Prepared according to the procedure reported in US20060258670, 4.41 g, 16.38 mmol) and Potassium carbonate (5.15 g, 37.2 mmol) were added to a stirred suspension of methyl 3-bromo-4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate (7a, 3.5 g, 14.89 mmol) in a mixture of 100 ml of ethanol and 30 ml toluene in a tube under a nitrogen atmosphere at room temperature (25°C). Nitrogen was purged to this suspension for 15 minute at room temperature (25°C). The the reaction mixture was then added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palla-dium(0) (0.86 g, 0.74 mmol) at a temperature of about 25°C and the tube was sealed. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 105°C for 15 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then filtered and washed with ethyl acetate (2X50 ml). The combined organic layer was then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain crude product, which was then purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 45% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (3.5 g, 62.0%). MS: m/z 394 (M+1) 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.76 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.06 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.93 (t, J=4.2 Hz, 4H), 1.98 (s, 3H), 1.54-1.59 (m, 4H), 1.36-1.39(m, 2H), 1.01 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 3H).
Step 2: ethyl 5-bromo-4-methyl-3-(4-(piperidin-1-ylsulfonyl)phenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate (48b) [0300]
[0301] Prepared by following process provided in example 3 step 3 using 48a as a starting material. MS: mlz 473 (M+1)
Step 3: Ethyl 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-(piperidin-1-ylsulfonyl)phenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate. (48c) [0302]
[0303] Prepared by following process provided in example 3 step 4, using 48b and (4-chlorophenyl)boronic acid as reactants. MS: mlz 504 (M+1).
Step 4: 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-(piperidin-1-ylsulfonyl)phenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (48d) [0304]
[0305] Prepared by following process provided in example 3 step 5 using 48c as a starting material. MS: mlz 476 (M+1).
Step-3: 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-methoxy-N,4-dimethyl-3-(4-(pipendin-1-ylsulfonyl) phenyl)thiophene-2-carboxamide (48e).
[0306]
[0307] Prepared by following the process provided in example 3 step 6 using 48d as a starting material. MS: m/z 519 (M+1)
Step-4: 1-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-(piperidin-1-ylsulfonyl)phenyl)thiophen-2-yl)propan-1-one (compound 48) [0308]
[0309] Prepared by following process provided in example 3 step 7 using 48e as a starting material. MS: m/z 488 (M+1) 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.84 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.63 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (m, 4H), 2.94 (t, J= 5.2 Hz, 4H), 2.30 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.52-1.55 (m, 4H), 1.36-1.38 (m, 2H), 0.86 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 16: Preparation of 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-N,N,1,4-tetramethyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carbox-amide. (Compound 50) [0310]
[0311] To a stirred solution of 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid (49ε, 1.00 g, 2.47 mmol) in DMF (15 ml) was added HOBT (0.41 g, 2.72 mmol) at room temperature, which was then followed by the addition of dimethylamine hydrochloride (0.40 g, 4.94 mmol), the reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C and to the cooled reaction mixture was then added EDC (0.71 g, 3.70 mmol) and triethylamine (1.00 g, 1.37 ml, 9.88 mmol). The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure. Ethyl acetate (100 ml) was added to the residue so obtained. The mixture so obtained was then washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (20 ml) followed by washing with brine (20 ml). The organic layer obtained was dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate. The dried organic layer was then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 90% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (0.94 g, 88.1%). MS: m/z 432 (M+1) 1HNMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.82 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 2.87 (s, 3H), 2.56 (s, 3H), 1.98 (s, 3H).
Example 17: Preparation of ethyl 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)thiophene-2-carboxylate (Compound 59) [0312]
Step 1: 4-bromo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalene-1-sulfonyl chloride (59a) [0313]
[0314] Chlorosulfonic acid (13.80 g, 7.93 ml, 118.00 mmol was added dropwise to a stirred solution of 5-bromo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (Prepared according to the procedure reported in the literature, W02004/792,10.0 g, 47.4 mmol) in 50 ml chloroform at 0°C. The reaction mixture was then allowed to warm to about 25°C and was stirred at the same temperature for 45 min. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then poured in ice-water (50 ml) and the mixture so obtained was extracted with chloroform (2 X 150 ml). The combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (12.0 g, 81.6%), which was taken ahead as such without further purification for the next step. MS: m/z 310(M+1) 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 7.81 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 2.72-7.81 (m, 4H), 1.83-1.89 (m, 4H). Step 2: 4-bromo-N-(tert-butyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalene-1 -sulfonamide (59b) [0315]
[0316] tert-butyl amine [8.5 g, 12.32 ml, 116.0 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred suspension of 4-bromo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalene-1-sulfonyl chloride (59a, 12.0 g, 38.8 mmol) in 150 ml tetrahydrofuran at 0°C. The reaction mixture was then stirred at a temperature of about 25°C for 2 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Water (100 ml) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture so obtained was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 X 150 ml). The combined organic layer was then dried over sodium sulphate, and the dried organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 15% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (2.34 g, 17.4%). MS: m/z 347 (M+1) 1HNMR (CDCI3,400 MHz): δ 7.79 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.53 (bs-exchanges with D20,1H), 2.76-7.83 (m, 4H), 1.80-1.85 (m, 4H), 1.22 (s, 9H).
Step 3: Methyl 3-(4-(N-(tert-butyl)sulfamoyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)-4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate (59c) [0317]
[0318] 4-bromo-N-(tert-butyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalene-1-sulfonamide (59b, 1.35 g, 3.90 mmol) and Potassium phosphate (0.75 g, 3.54 mmol) were added to a stirred suspension of methyl 4-methyl-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)thiophene-2-carboxylate (Prepared according to the procedure reported in the literature, J. Org. Chem., 2010, 75, 3855-3858,1.0g, 3.54 mmol) in a mixture of 20 ml THF and 4 ml water in a tube under a nitrogen atmosphere at room temperature (about 25°C). A nitrogen gas was purged to this suspension for 15 minute at room temperature (about 25°C). To the reaction mixture was then added triphenyl phospine (0.028 g, 0.10 mmol) and) Palladium (II) acetate (0.016 g, 0.07 mmol) at25°C and the tube was sealed. The reaction mixture was then stirred at about 75°Cfor 20 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then filtered and the cake obtained was washed with ethyl acetate (2X30 ml). The combined filtrate was then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain crude product, which was then purified by flash column chromatography using 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (0.11 g, 7.7%) MS: m/z 422 (M+1] 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 7.99 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 6.98 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (bs-exchanges with D20, 1H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.23 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.21-2.43 (m, 2H), 1.87 (s, 3H), 1.69-1.81 (m, 4H), 1.27 (s, 9H).
Step 4: Methyl 5-bromo-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)thiophene-2-carboxylate (59d) [0319]
[0320] Bromine (0.045 g, 0.015 ml, 0.28 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred suspension of methyl 3-(4-(N-(tert-butyl)sulfamoyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)-4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate (59c, 0.10 g, 0.24 mmol) in 15 ml dichloromethane at a temperature of about 0°C. The reaction mixture was then stirred at about 25°C for 2 hours, the progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then concentrated. 20 ml of dichloromethane was added to the residue so obtained. The mixture so formed was washed with water (2x 10 ml), brine (1x 10 ml) and the organic layer so obtained was dried over sodium sulfate. The dried organic layer was then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by flash column chromatography using 20% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (0.08 g, 67.4%). MS: m/z 445 (M+1] 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 7.97 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.22-3.28 (m, 2H), 2.24-2.46 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.82 (m, 7H).
Step 5: Ethyl 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)thiophene-2-carboxylate (Compound 59) [0321]
[0322] (4-chlorophenyl)boronic acid[ 0.027 g, 0.17 mmol]and potassium carbonate (0.043 g, 0.31 mmol) were added to a solution of methyl 5-bromo-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)thiophene-2-carboxylate (59d, 0.07 g, 0.16 mmol) in a mixture of 1 ml toluene and 4 ml ethanol at 25°C. A nitrogen gas was bubbled through reaction mixture for 15 minutes. To the reaction mixture was then added tetrakis (triphenylphosphine)palladium(O) (0.009 g, 0.008 mmol) under nitrogen atmosphere and the reaction mixture was heated at a temperature of about 95°C to about 100°C for 3 hr under stirring. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 25°C and filtered through celite, the celite cake washed with 10 ml ethyl acetate. The combined filtrate so obtained was then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by flash column chromatography using 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (0.027 g, 35.0%). MS: m/z 490 (M+1) 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 7.97 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (s, 4H), 7.05 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.31 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 4.10-4.20 (m,2H),3.25-3.28(m,2H), 2.51-2.57 (m,1H), 2.31-2.37(m, 1H), 1.78-1,90(m,7H), 1.13(t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 18: Preparation of ethyl 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)furan-2-carboxylate (Compound 60) [0323]
Step 1: ethyl 3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)furan-2-carboxylate (60a) [0324]
[0325] (4-sulfamoylphenyl) boronic acid (1.76. gm, 8.77 mmol) and Potassium carbonate (2.52 gm, 18.26 mmol) were added to a stirred suspension of ethyl 3-bromofuran-2-carboxylate (Prepared according to the procedure reported in the literature EP1489077A1.2004, 1.6 gm, 7.30 mmol) in a mixture of 80 ml of ethanol and 20 ml of toluene (80 ml:20 ml) under nitrogen atmosphere at room temperature (25°C) in a tube. A nitrogen gas was purged to the suspension for 15 minute at room temperature (about 25°C). To the reaction mixture was then added Tetrakis(triphenyl phosphine) Palla-dium(0) (0.422 gm, 0.365 mmol) at 25°C and tube was sealed. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 100°C for 18 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then filtered and washed with ethyl acetate (2X100 ml). The combined organic layer was then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product as semi-solid (11.2 gm), which was then purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (1.2 g, 55.60%) MS: m/z 296 (M+1) 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 7.99 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.76 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.23 (d, J=2.0 Hz 1H), 6.65 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.85(bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 4.35 (q, J=7.2 Hz 2H), 1.33 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 2: ethyl 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)furan-2-carboxylate (compound 60) [0326]
[0327] 1-bromo-4-chlorobenzene (0..214 g, 1.11 mmol) and potassium acetate (0.199 g, 2.03 mmol) were added to a solution of ethyl 3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)furan-2-carboxylate (60a, 0.3 g, 1.01 mmol) in dimethyl acetamide (5 ml) at 25°C in a tube. A nitrogen gas was bubbled through the reaction mixture for 15 minutes. To the reaction mixture was then added palladium (II) acetate (0.023 gm, 0.102 mmol) under nitrogen atmosphere and the tube was sealed. The reaction mixture was then heated at 150°C for 20 hr with stirring. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 25°C and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue so obtained was dissolved in ethyl acetate (30 ml). The solution so obtained was then washed with water (2X 10 ml), dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by flash column chromatography using 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes as an eluent to obtain the title compound (0.040 gm, 9.70%). MS: mlz 406 (M+1) 1HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 8.00 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.75-7.77 (m, 4H), 7.43 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 5.2 (bs-exchanges with D20, 2H), 4.35 (q, J= 7.2 Hz 2H), 1.34 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 19: Pharmacological screening [0328] Compounds were tested in a cell-based real-time kinetic assay in human IMR-32 cells with native expression of a7nAChk. The increase in intracellular Ca2+ levels was measured in a Fluorometric Imaging Plate Reader (FLIPR). Test compound and agonist solutions were made in assay buffer (HBSS, pH 7.4, 20 mM HEPES, and 10 mM CaCI2). Briefly, cells were plated into Poly-D-Lysine coated back-walled clear-bottom 96-well microplates at a density of 80.000 to 100,000 cells/well and incubated at 37C/5% C02 for 40-48 h prior to the experiment. For revaluation of compound mediated potentiation of agonist response, growth media was removed from the wells and 200 μΙ of FLIPR calcium 4 dye (Molecular Devices), reconstituted in assay buffer, and was added to the wells. After dye loading, microplates were incubated for 30 min at 37°C and 30 min at room temperature and then directly transferred to the FLIPR. Baseline fluorescence was monitored for the first 10 to 30 s followed by the addition of 25 μΙ of test compound solution and subsequent monitoring of fluorescence changes for up to 10 min. This was followed by addition of 25 μΙ of agonist solution (PNU-282987. 10 μΜ) and measurement of fluorescence for 4 min. (Faghih R. et al. 2009, J. Med. Chem., 52, 3377 - 84.) [0329] The compound induced fold increase in agonist response (fold PAM activity) was computed by dividing the maximum effect (Max-Min fluorescence) obtained with test compound in presence of agonist with the agonist-alone effect. EC50 of the compound was calculated using GraphPad Prism software version 5.0, by plotting compound concentrations against fold PAM activity.
[0330] Fold activity at 1μΜ concentration: compounds with activity below 5 folds are grouped as A, the compounds with activity between 5.1 folds and 15 folds are grouped as B and the compounds with activity above 15 folds are grouped as C.
[0331] Following table 1 provides fold activity of the compounds of the present invention
Table 1
Claims 1. A compound of formula I, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomers, and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts,
wherein, in the compound of formula I, Z is selected from the group consisting of -S-, -O- and -N(Ra)-;
Ra is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl; R1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, halogen, perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, cyano, nitro, (R7)(R8)N-, R7aC(=0)N(R7)-, (R7)(R8)NC(=A1)N(R9)-, R7a0C(=0)NR9-, R7aS02N(R8)-, R7A1-, and R7aC(=0)-; R3 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, wherein each of the said optionally substituted cycloalkyl and optionally substituted heterocyclyl is optionally annulated or optionally bridged, (R7)(R8)N-, (R7)N(OR8)-, and R7A1-; [R4]m is’m’ times repetition of ’R4’ groups, each R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, R7aC(=0)-, R7aS02-, R7A1, (R7a)C(=0)N(R9)-, (R7)(R8)N-, (R7)(R8)NC(=A1)N(R9)-; wherein m = 0 to 3; or two R4 groups and the carbon atoms to which they are attached together form an optionally substituted 5- to 6- membered cyclic system which optionally contains 1 to 4 hetero atoms/groups selected from the group consisting of -N-, -S-, -Ο-, - C(=0)-, and -C(=S)-; R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, R7aC(=0)-, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl; or R5 and R6 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 3- to 10- membered optionally substituted saturat-ed/unsaturated heterocyclic ring system containing one to three hetero atoms/groups selected from the group consisting of-S-, -N-, -Ο-, - C(=0)-, and -C(=S)-; wherein R7, R8, and R9are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, and optionally substituted heterocyclyl; A1 is selected from the group consisting of O and S; R7a is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, and optionally substituted heterocyclyl; wherein, the term "optionally substituted alkyl", means a alkyl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 6 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro.cyano, aryl, hereroaryl, cycloalkyl, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, Rl0aOc(=O)-, R1aC(=0)0-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(=A1)N(H)-, and (R10)(alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)-; the term "optionally substituted alkenyl", means a alkenyl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 6 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl, hereroaryl, cycloalkyl, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, Rl0aoC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(=A1)N(H)-, and (R10)(alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)-; the term "optionally substituted alkynyl", means a alkynyl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 6 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl, hereroaryl, cycloalkyl, R10aSO2-, R10A1_ Rl0aOc(=o)-, R10aC(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(=A1)N(H)-, and (R10)(alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)-; the term "optionally substituted heteroalkyl" means a heteroalkyl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 6 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl, hereroaryl, and cycloalkyl; the term "optionally substituted cycloalkyl" means a cycloalkyl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 6 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl, hereroaryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, R10aC(=O)-, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, R10aOC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(=O)-, Rl0aC(=O)N(H)-, (R1°)(H)N-, (R10)(alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(=A1)N(H)-, and (R10)(alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)-; the term "optionally substituted aryl" means (i) an aryl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of halogen, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1 to C6 alkyl, C2 to C6 alkenyl, C2 to C6 alkynyl, C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, C1 to C6 perhaloalkyl, alkyl-O-, alkenyl-Ο-, alkynyl-O-, perhaloalkyl-Ο-, alkyl-N(alkyl)-, alkyl-N(H)-, H2N-, alkyl-S02- perhaioalkyl-S02- alkyl-C(=0)N(alkyl)-, alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, alkyl-N(alkyl)C(=0)-, alkyl-N(H)C(=0)-, H2NC(=0)-, aikyl-N(alkyl)S02-, alkyl-N(H)S02-, H2NS02- 3- to 6- membered heterocycle containing 1 to 2 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O and S, wherein the said 3- to 6- membered heterocycle is optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or alkyl-C(=0)-or (ii) the said substituted or unsubstituted aryl ring optionally fused with cycloalkane ring or heterocycle ring containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from S, Ο, N, across a bond, wherein the said cycloalkane ring or heterocycle ring is optionally substituted with oxo, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl or alkyl-C(=0)-; the term "optionally substituted heterocyclyl" means a (i) heterocyclyl group unsubstituted or substituted on ring carbons with 1 to 6 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl, hereroaryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, R10A1-, R10aOC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(O)-, Ri0aC(=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(=A1)N(H)-, and (R10)(alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)-; (ii) heterocyclyl group optionally substituted on ring nitrogen(s) with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hereroaryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, R10aC(=O)-, R10aSO2-, R10aOC(=O)-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(=O)-, and aryl unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected independently from halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cyano or nitro; the term "optionally substituted heteroaryl" means a heteroaryl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of halogen, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1 to C6 alkyl, C2 to C6 alkenyl, C2 to C6 alkynyl, C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, C1 toC6 perhaloalkyl, alkyl-O-, alkenyl-Ο-, alkynyl-Ο-, perhaloalkyl-O-, alkyl-N(alkyl)-, alkyl-N(H)-, H2N-, alkyl-S02- perhaloalkyl-S02- alkyl-C(=0)N(alkyl)-, alkyl-0(=O)N(H)-, alkyl-N(alkyl)C(=0)-, alkyl-N(H)C(=0)-, H2NC(=0)-, alkyl-N(alkyl)S02-, alkyl-N(H)S02-, H2NS02- and 3- to 6-membered heterocycle containing 1 to 2 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O and S, wherein the heterocycle is optionally substituted with one to four substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl alkenyl, alkynyl, or alkyl-C(=0)-; the term "optionally substituted 5- to 6- membered cyclic system" means the 5- to 6- membered cyclic system unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl, hereroaryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, R10aC(=O)-, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, R10aOC(=O)-, R10a(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(=A1)N(H)-, and (R10)(alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)-; the term "3- to 10- membered optionally substituted saturated/unsaturated heterocyclic ring system" the 3- to 10-membered saturated/unsaturated heterocyclic ring system unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl, hereroaryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, R10aC(=O)-, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, R10aOC(=O)-, R10a(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(=A1)N(H)-, and (R10)(alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)-; wherein R10 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; and R10a is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, perhaloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl. 2. The compound of formula I, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomers, and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, , as claimed in claim 1, wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, and (R7)(R8)N-. 3. The compound of formula I, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomers, and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, as claimed in any one of claims 1-2, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, R7A1-, (R7)(R8)N- and (R7)N(OR8)-, more preferably from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, methoxy, ethoxy, dimethylamino, N-methoxy-N-methyl amino, N-(2-hydroxy ethyl)-N-propyl amino, acetylaminomethyl and piperidinyl. 4. The compound of formula I, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomers, and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, as claimed in any one of claims 1-3, wherein R5 and R6 are selected independently from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or both R5 and R6 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 3- to 10- membered optionally substituted saturated/unsaturated heterocyclic ring system containing one to three hetero atoms/groups selected from the group consisting of-S-, -N-, -Ο-, -C(=0)-, and -C(=S)-. 5. The compound of formula I, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomersand its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, as claimed in any one of claims 1-4, wherein m is 0, 1 or 2, and R4 is or are selected from optionally substituted alkyl group or groups or two R4s together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 5- to 6- membered cyclic system which optionally contains 1 to 4 hetero atoms/groups selected from the group consisting of-Ν-, -S-, -Ο-, -C(=0)-, and -C(=S)-. 6. The compound of formula I, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomersand its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, as claimed in any one of claims 1-5, wherein m is 0, 1 or 2, and R4 is or are selected from methyl group or groups or two R4s together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a six membered carbocycle. 7. The compound of formula I, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomersand its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, as claimed in any one of claims 1-6, wherein Ra is selected from hydrogen and optionally substituted alkyl. 8. The compound of formula I, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomersand its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, as claimed in any one of claims 1 -7, wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, and (R7)(R8)N-; R3 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, R7A1-, (R7)(R8)N- and (R7)N(OR8)-; R5 and R6 are selected independently from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or both R5 and R6 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 3- to 10-membered optionally substituted saturated/unsaturated heterocyclic ring system containing one to three hetero atoms/groups selected from the group consisting of-S-, -N-, -Ο-, -C(=0)-, and -C(=S)-; m is 0, 1 or 2, and R4 is or are selected from optionally substituted alkyl group or groups or two R4s together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 5- to 6- membered cyclic system which optionally contains 1 to 4 hetero atoms/groups selected from the group consisting of-Ν-, -S-, -Ο-, -C(=0)-, and -C(=S)-; and Ra is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted alkyl. 9. The compound of formula I, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomersand its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, as claimed in any one of claims 1-8, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, furanyl, indolyl, N-methylisoindolyl, benzofuranyl, piperazinyl, 4-(4-fluorophenyl)piperazinyl, morpholinyl, indolinyl, 2-oxoindolinyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxinyl, benzopyranyl, and phenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected from group consisting of halo, cyclopropyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, ethyl, dimethylamino, monomethylamino, tert-butyl and 4-methylpiperazinyl; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, dimethylamino and dimethylaminomethyl; R3 is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, methoxy, ethoxy, dimethylamino, N-methoxy-N-methyl amino, N-(2-hydroxy ethyl)-N-propyl amino, acetylaminome-thyl and piperidinyl; R5 and R6 are selected independently from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, or R5 and R6 together with nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperidine ring; m is 0, 1 or 2, and R4 is selected from methyl groups or two R4s together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached forming a six membered carbocycle; and Ra is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl and cyclopropylmethyl. 10. The compound of formula I its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomersand its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, as claimed in any one of claims 1-9, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of 4-chlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-cyclopropylphenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-ethoxyphenyl, 3-ethoxyphenyl, 4-tolyl, 4-tert-butyl phenyl, 4-dimethylaminophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, phenyl, 4-ethylphenyl, 3,4-dichlo-rophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl, 3-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl, piperazin-1-yl, 4-(fluorophenyl)piperazinyl, morpholino, pyridin-4-yl, pyridin-3-yl, furan-3-yl, 1H-indol-5-yl, 1-methyl-1 H-indol-5-yl, benzofuran-5-yl, indolin-5-yl, 4-(4-methylpiperaziny-1-yl)phenyl, and 2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-6-yl). 11. The compound of formula I its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomersand its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, as claimed in any one of claims 1-10, wherein Z is S. 12. The compound of formula I, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomersand its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, , as claimed in any one of claims 1-11, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of: 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide; 4-(5-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide; 4-(5-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide; 4-(5-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide; 4-(5-(4-cyclopropylphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide; 4-(4-methyl-2-propionyl-5-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)thiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide; 4-(5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide; 4-(5-(4-ethoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide; 4-(4-methyl-2-propionyl-5-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)thiophen-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide; 4-(4-methyl-2-propionyl-5-(4-tolyl)thiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide; 4-(5-(4-(ferf-butyl)phenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide; 4-((5-(4-dimethylamino)phenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide; 4-(5-(3-fluorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide; 4-(4-methyl-5-phenyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide; 4-(5-(3-ethoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide; 4-(5-(4-ethylphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide; 4-(5-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide; 4-(5-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide; 4-(5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide; 4-(5-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide; 4-(5-(3-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide; 4-(4-methyl-5-(piperazin-1-yl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide; 4-(5-(4-(4-fluorophenyl)piperazin-1-yl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide; 4-(4-methyl-5-morpholino-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide; 4-(4-methyl-2-propionyl-5-(pyridin-4-yl)thiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide; 4-(4-methyl-2-propionyl-5-(pyridin-3-yl)thiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide; 4-(5-(furan-3-yl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide; 4-(5-(1 H-indol-5-yl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide; 4-(4-methyl-5-(1 -methyl-1 H-indol-5-yl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide; 4-(5-(benzofuran-5-yl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide; 4-(5-(indolin-5-yl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide; 4-(4-methyl-5-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide; 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide; 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-(dimethylamino)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide; 4- (5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-((dimethylamino)methyl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide; 5- (4-chlorophenyl)-A/,A/,4-trimethyl-3-(4-sulphamoylphenyl)thiophene-2-carboxamide; 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-/\/-methoxy-A/,4-dimethyl-3-(4-sulphamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxamide; 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-A/-(2-hydroxyethy/)-4-methyl-A/-propyl-3-(4-sulphamoyl phenyl)thiophene-2-carboxamide; 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-(piperidine-1-carbonyl)thiophen-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide; 4-(2-acetyl-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methylthiophen-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide; 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)-2-methylbenzene sulfonamide;
Methyl 4-methyl-5-(2-oxoindolin-5-yl)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophen-2-carboxylate;
Ethyl 4-methyl-5-(2-oxoindolin-5-yl)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophen-2-carboxylate; 4-(4-methyl-5-(4-mehylaminophenyl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide; 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide; 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide; 4-(5-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide; 1-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-(piperidin-1-ylsulfonyl)phenyl) thiophen-2-yl)propan-1-one 4- (5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1 /-/-pyrrol-3-yl) benzene sulfonamide; 5- (4-chlorophenyl)-/\/,A/,1,4-tetramethyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-2-carboxamide; 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-ethyl-4-methyl-2-propionyl-1/-/-pyrrol-3-yl)benzene sulfonamide; 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-methyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol- 3-yl) benzene sulfonamide; 4-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionyl-1 /-/-pyrrol-3-yl) benzene sulfonamide; 4-(5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzene sulfonamide; 4-(5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzene sulfonamide; 4-(2-butyryl -5- (4- chlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl -1H pyrrol -3- yl) benzene sulfonamide; 4-(5-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1 H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzene sulfonamide; 4-(5-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin- 6 -yl) -1,4- dimethyl -2-propionyl-1 H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzene sulfonamide;
Ethyl 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro naphthalen-1-yl)thiophene-2-carboxylate; and ethyl 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)furan-2-carboxylate. 13. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of claims 1-12 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. 14. Use of a compound of claim 1 in preparation of a medicament for preventing or treating a disease or its symptoms or a disorder mediated partially or completely by nicotinic acetylcholine receptors, wherein the disorder or condition or disease is selected from the group consisting of Alzheimer’s disease, mild cognitive impairment, senile dementia, vascular dementia, dementia of Parkinson’s disease, attention deficit disorder, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, dementia associated with Lewy bodies, AIDS dementia complex, Pick’s disease, dementia associated with Down’s syndrome, Huntington’sdisease, cognitive deficits associated with traumatic brain injury, cognitive decline associated with stroke, poststroke neuroprotection, cognitive and sensorimotor gating deficits associated with schizophrenia, cognitive deficits associated with bipolar disorder, cognitive impairments associated with depression, acute pain, post-surgical or post-operative pain, chronic pain, inflammation, inflammatory pain, neuropathic pain, smoking cessation, need for new blood vessel growth associated with wound healing, need for new blood vessel growth associated with vascularization of skin grafts, and lack of circulation, arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, Crohn’s disease, ulcerative colitis, pouchitis, inflammatory bowel disease, celiac disease, periodontitis, sarcoidosis, pancreatitis, organ transplant rejection, acute immune disease associated with organ transplantation, chronic immune disease associated with organ transplantation, septic shock, toxic shock syndrome, sepsis syndrome, depression, and rheumatoid spondylitis. 15. A compound of claim 1 for use in preventing or treating a disease or its symptoms ora disorder mediated partially or completely by nicotinic acetylcholine receptors, wherein the disorder or condition or disease is selected from the group consisting of Alzheimer’s disease, mild cognitive impairment, senile dementia, vascular dementia, dementia of Parkinson’s disease, attention deficit disorder, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, dementia associated with Lewy bodies, AIDS dementia complex, Pick’s disease, dementia associated with Down’s syndrome, Huntington’s disease, cognitive deficits associated with traumatic brain injury, cognitive decline associated with stroke, poststroke neuroprotection, cognitive and sensorimotor gating deficits associated with schizophrenia, cognitive deficits associated with bipolar disorder, cognitive impairments associated with depression, acute pain, post-surgical or postoperative pain, chronic pain, inflammation, inflammatory pain, neuropathic pain, smoking cessation, need for new blood vessel growth associated with wound healing, need for new blood vessel growth associated with vascularization of skin grafts, and lack of circulation, arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, Crohn’s disease, ulcerative colitis, pouchitis, inflammatory bowel disease, celiac disease, periodontitis, sarcoidosis, pancreatitis, organ transplant rejection, acute immune disease associated with organ transplantation, chronic immune disease associated with organ transplantation, septic shock, toxic shock syndrome, sepsis syndrome, depression, and rheumatoid spondylitis.
Patentansprüche 1. Verbindung dér Formel I, dérén tautomere Formen, dérén Stereoisomere und dérén pharmazeutisch annehmbare Salze:
(I)
wobei in dér Verbindung dér Formel I Z aus dér aus -S-, -O- und -N(Ra)- bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt ist;
Ra aus dér aus Wasserstoff, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkenyl, ge-gebenenfalls substituiertem Alkinyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Cycloalkyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Aryl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Heteroaryl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Heterocyclyl bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt ist; R1 aus dér aus gegebenenfalls substituiertem Aryl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Heteroaryl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Cycloalkyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Heterocyclyl bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt ist; R2 aus dér aus Wasserstoff, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkenyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkinyl, Halogen, Perhalogenalkyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Cycloalkyl, Cy-ano, Nitro, (R7)(R8)N-, R7aC(=0)N(R7), (R7)(R8)NC(=A1)N(R9), R7aOC(=L)NR9-, R7aS02N(R8), -R7A1- und R7aC(=0)- bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt ist; R3 aus dér aus gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkenyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkinyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Cycloalkyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Heterocyclyl, wobei das gegebenenfalls substituierte Cycloalkyl und das gegebenenfalls substituierte Heterocyclyl jeweils gegebenenfalls zu einem Ring geformt oder gegebenenfalls verbrückt ist, (R7)(R8)N-, (R7)N(OR8)- und R7A1-bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt ist; [R4]m eine ,m’-fache Wiederholung von Gruppén ,R4’ ist, wobei die R4 jeweils unabhángig ausderaus Halogen, Cyano, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkenyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkinyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Heteroalkyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Cycloalkyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Heterocyclyl, R7aC(=0)-, R7aS02-, R7A1-, R7a)C(=0)N(R9)-, (R7)(R8)N-, (R7)(R8)NC(=A1)N(R9)-; worin m = 0 bis 3 ist, bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt sind; oder zwei R4-Gruppen und die Kohlenstoffatome, an die sie gebunden sind, zusammen ein gegebenenfalls substituiertes, 5- bis 6-gliedriges zyklisches System bilden, das gegebenenfalls 1 bis 4 Heteroatome/-gruppen enthált, die ausderaus -N-, -S-, -Ο-, - C(=0)- und -C(=S)- bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt sind; und R6 unabhángig voneinander aus dér aus Wasserstoff, R7aC(=0)-, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkenyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkinyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Cycloalkyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Heterocyclyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Aryl und gegebenenfalls substituiertem Heteroaryl bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt sind; oder und R6 zusammen mitdem Stickstoffa-tom, an das sie gebunden sind, ein 3- bis 10-gliedriges, gegebenenfalls substituiertes, gesáttigtes/ungesáttigtes, heterozyklisches Ringsystem bilden, das ein bis drei Heteroatome/-gruppen enthált, die aus dér aus -S-, -N-, -Ο-, - C(=0)- und -C(=S)- bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt sind; wobei R7, R8 und R9 unabhángig voneinander aus dér aus Wasserstoff, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkenyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkinyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Heteroalkyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Aryl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Heteroaryl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Cycloalkyl und gegebenenfalls substituiertem Heterocyclyl bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt sind; A1 aus dér aus O und S bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt ist; R7a aus dér aus gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkenyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkinyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Heteroalkyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Aryl, gegebe-nenfalls substituiertem Heteroaryl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Cycloalkyl und gegebenenfalls substituiertem Heterocyclyl bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt ist; wobei die Bezeichnung "gegebenenfalls substituiertes Alkyl" für eine Alkylgruppe steht, die unsubstituiert ist Oder mit 1 bis 6 Substituenten substituiert ist, die unabhángig voneinander aus der aus Oxo, Halogen, Nitro, Cyano, Aryl, Heteroaryl, Cycloalkyl, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, R10aOC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(Alkyl)N-C(=O)-, Rl0ac(=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(Alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(=A1)N(H)- und (R10)-(Alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)- bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt ist; die Bezeichnung "gegebenenfalls substituiertes Alkenyl" für eine Alkenylgruppe steht, die unsubstituiert ist Oder mit 1 bis 6 Substituenten substituiert ist, die unabhángig voneinander aus der aus Oxo, Halogen, Nitro, Cyano, Aryl, Heteroaryl, Cycloalkyl, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, R10aOC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(Alkyl)N-C(=O)-, Rl0ac(=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(Alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(=A1)N(H)- und (R10)-(Alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)- bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt ist; die Bezeichnung "gegebenenfalls substituiertes Alkinyl" für eine Alkinylgruppe steht, die unsubstituiert ist Oder mit 1 bis 6 Substituenten substituiert ist, die unabhángig voneinander aus der aus Oxo, Halogen, Nitro, Cyano, Aryl, Heteroaryl, Cycloalkyl, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, R10aOC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(Alkyl)N-C(=O)-, Rl0aC(=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(Alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(=A1)N(H)- und (R10)-(Alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)- bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt sind; die Bezeichnung "gegebenenfalls substituiertem Heteroalkyl" für eine Heteroalkylgruppe steht, die unsubstituiert ist Oder mit 1 bis 6 Substituenten substituiert ist, die unabhángig voneinander aus der aus Oxo, Halogen, Nitro, Cyano, Aryl, Heteroaryl und Cycloalkyl bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt sind; die Bezeichnung "gegebenenfalls substituiertem Cycloalkyl" für eine Cycloalkylgruppe steht, die unsubstituiert ist Oder mit 1 bis 6 Substituenten substituiert ist, die unabhángig voneinander aus der aus Oxo, Halogen, Nitro, Cyano, Aryl, Heteroaryl, Alkyl, Alkenyl, Alkinyl, R10aC(=O)-, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, R10aOC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(Alkyl)NC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(Alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(=A1)N(H)- und (R10)(Alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)- bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt ist; die Bezeichnung "gegebenenfalls substituiertes Aryl" für (i) eine Arylgruppe steht, die unsubstituiert ist Oder mit 1 bis 3 Substituenten substituiert ist, die unabhángig voneinander aus der aus Halogen, Nitro, Cyano, Hydroxy, Ci-C6-Alkyl, C2-C6-Alkenyl, C2-C6-Alkinyl, C3-C6-Cycloalkyl, C1-C6-Perhalogenalkyl, Alkyl-O-, Alkenyl-Ο-, Alkinyl-0-, Perhalogenalkyl-Ο-, Alkyl-N(alkyl)- Alkyl-N(H)-, H2N-, Alkyl-S02-, Perhaiogenaikyl-S02-, Alkyl-C(=0)N(alkyi)-, Alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, Alkyl- N(alkyl)C(=0)-, Alkyl-N(H)C(=0)-, H2NC(=0)-, Alkyl-N(alkyi)S02-, Alkyl- N(H)S02-, H2NS02-, 3- bis 6-gliedrigem Heterocyclyl, das 1 bis2 Heteroatome enthalt, die ausderaus N, O und S bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt sind, wobei das 3- bis 6- gliedrige Heterocyclyl gegebenenfalls mit Alkyl, Alkenyl, Alkinyl Oder Alkyl-C(=0)- substituiert ist, bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt ist Oder (ii) der substituierte Oder unsubstituierte Arylring gegebenenfalls an einer Bindung mit einem Cycloalkanring Oder Heterocyclylring fusioniert ist, der 1 bis 3 Heteroatome, die aus S, Ο, N ausgewáhlt sind, enthalt, wobei der Cycloalkanring Oder Heterocyclylring gegebenenfalls mit Oxo, Alkyl, Alkenyl, Alkinyl Oder Alkyl-C(=0)- substituiert ist; die Bezeichnung "gegebenenfalls substituiertes Heterocyclyl" für (i) eine Heterocyclylgruppe steht, die unsubstituiert Oder an Ringkohlenstoffatomen mit 1 bis 6 Substituenten substituiert ist, die unabhángig voneinander aus der aus Oxo, Halogen, Nitro, Cyano, Aryl, Heteroaryl, Alkyl, Alkenyl, Alkinyl, R10A1-, R10aOC(=O)-, R10a-C(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)- , (R10)(Alkyl)NC(O)-, R10aC(=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)-(Alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(=A1)N(H)- und (R10)(Alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)- bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt sind; (ii) eine Heterocyclylgruppe steht, die am/an Ringstickstoff(en) mit einem oder mehreren Substituenten substituiert ist, die aus der aus Heteroaryl, Alkyl, Alkenyl, Alkinyl, R10aC(=O)-, R10aSO2-, R10aOC(=O)-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R1)(Alkyi)N-C(=0)- und Aryl bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt sind, das unsubstituiert oder mit 1 bis 3 Substituenten substituiert ist, die unabhángig voneinander aus der aus Halogen, Alkyl, Alkenyl, Alkinyl, Cyano oder Nitro bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt sind; die Bezeichnung "gegebenenfalls substituiertes Heteroaryl" für eine Heteroarylgruppe steht, die unsubstituiert ist oder mit 1 bis 3 Substituenten substituiert ist, die unabhángig voneinander aus der aus Halogen, Nitro, Cyano, Hydroxy, Ci-C6-Alkyl, C2-C6-Alkenyl, C2-C6-Alkinyl, C3-C6-Cycloalkyl, Ci-C6-Perhalogenalkyl, Alkyl-Ο-, Alkenyl-O-, Alkinyl-O-, Perhalogenalkyl-Ο-, Alkyl-N(alkyl)-, Alkyl-N(H)-, H2N-, Alkyl-S02-, Perhalogenaikyi-S02-, Alkyl-C(=0)N(Alkyl)-, Alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, Alkyl-N(alkyl)-C(=0)-, Alkyl-N(H)C(=0)-, H2NC(=0)-, Alkyl-N(alkyi)S02-, Alkyl-N(H)S02-, H2NS02-und 3- bis 6-gliedrigem Heterocyclyl mit 1 bis 2 aus der aus N, O und S bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlten Heteroatomen bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt sind; wobei das Heterocyclyl gegebenenfalls mit ein bis vier Substituenten substituiert ist, die aus der aus Alkyl Alkenyl, Alkinyl oder Alkyl-C(=0)- bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt sind; die Bezeichnung "gegebenenfalls substituiertes, 5- bis 6-gliedriges zyklisches System für das 5- bis 6-gliedrige zyklische System steht, das unsubstituiert Oder mit 1 bis 3 Substituenten substituiert ist, die aus der aus Oxo, Halogen, Nitro, Cyano, Aryl, Heteroaryl, Alkyl, Alkenyl, Alkinyl, R10aC(=O)-, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, R10aOC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(Alkyl)NC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(Alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(=A1)N(H)- und (R10)(Alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)- bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt sind; die Bezeichnung "3- bis 10-gliedriges, gegebenenfalls substituiertes gesáttigtes/ ungesáttigtes heterozyklisches Ringsystem" fürdas 3- bis 10-gliedrige, gesáttigte/ungesáttigte heterozyklische Ringsystem steht, das unsubstituiert Oder mit 1 bis 3 Substituenten substituiert ist, die aus der aus Oxo, Halogen, Nitro, Cyano, Aryl, Heteroaryl, Alkyl, Alkenyl, Alkinyl, R10aC(=O)-, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, R10aOC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(Alkyl)NC(=O)-, Rl0aC(=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(Alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(=A1)N(H)- und (R10)(Alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)- bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt sind; wobei R10 aus Wasserstoff, Alkyl, Alkenyl, Alkinyl, Aryl, Heteroaryl, Cycloalkyl Oder Heterocyclyl ausgewáhlt ist; und R10a aus der aus Alkyl, Alkenyl, Alkinyl, Perhalogenalkyl, Aryl, Heteroaryl, Cycloalkyl Oder Heterocyclyl bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt ist. 2. Verbindung der Formel I, dérén tautomere Formen, dérén Stereoisomere und deren pharmazeutisch annehmbare Salze nach Anspruch 1, wobei R2 aus der aus Wasserstoff, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkyl und (R7)(R8)N-bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt ist. 3. Verbindung der Formel I, deren tautomere Formen, deren Stereoisomere und deren pharmazeutisch annehmbare Salze nach Anspruch 1 Oder 2, wobei R3 aus der aus gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Heterocyclyl, R7A1-, (R7)(R8)N- und (R7)N(OR8)- bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt ist, noch bevorzugter aus der aus Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl, Methoxy, Ethoxy, Dimethylamino, N-Methoxy-N-methyl amino, N-(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-N-propylamino, Acetylaminomethyl und Piperidinyl bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt ist. 4. Verbindung der Formel I, deren tautomere Formen, deren Stereoisomere und deren pharmazeutisch annehmbare Salze nach einem der Ansprüche 1-3, wobei R5 und R6 unabhángig voneinander aus der aus Wasserstoff, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkyl bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt sind Oder R5 und R6 zusammen mit dem Stick-stoffatom, an das sie gebunden sind, einen 3- bis 10-gliedriges, gegebenenfalls substituiertes gesáttigtes/ungesát-tigtes heterozyklisches Ringsystem bilden, das ein bis drei Heteroatome/-gruppen enthált, die aus der aus -S-, -N-, -0-, - C(=0)- und -C(=S)- bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt sind. 5. Verbindung der Formel I, deren tautomere Formen, deren Stereoisomere und deren pharmazeutisch annehmbare Salze nach einem der Ansprüche 1-4, wobei m = 0, 1 Oder 2 ist und R4 aus einer Oder mehreren gegebenenfalls substituierten Alkylgruppen ausgewáhlt ist/sind Oder zwei R4 zusammen mit den Kohlenstoffatomen, an die sie gebunden sind, ein gegebenenfalls substituiertes, 5- bis 6-gliedriges, zyklisches System bilden, das 1 bis 4 Hete-roatome/-gruppen enthált, die aus der aus -N-, -S-, -Ο-, -C(=0)- und -C(=S)- bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt sind. 6. Verbindung der Formel I, deren tautomere Formen, deren Stereoisomere und deren pharmazeutisch annehmbare Salze nach einem der Ansprüche 1-5, wobei m = 0, 1 Oder 2 ist und R4 aus einer Oder mehreren Methylgruppen ausgewáhlt ist/sind Oder zwei R4 zusammen mit den Kohlenstoffatomen, an die sie gebunden sind, einen sechs-gliedrigen Carbozyklus bilden. 7. Verbindung der Formel I, deren tautomere Formen, deren Stereoisomere und deren pharmazeutisch annehmbare Salze nach einem der Ansprüche 1-6, wobei Ra aus Wasserstoff und gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkyl ausgewáhlt ist. 8. Verbindung der Formel I, deren tautomere Formen, deren Stereoisomere und deren pharmazeutisch annehmbare Salze nach einem der Ansprüche 1-7, wobei Ra aus der aus Wasserstoff, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkyl und (R7)(R8)N- bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt ist; R3 aus der aus gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkyl, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Heterocyclyl, R7A1-, (R7)(R8)N- und (R7)N(OR8)- bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt ist; R5 und R6 unabhángig voneinander aus der aus Wasserstoff, gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkyl bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt sind Oder R5 und R6 zusammen mit dem Stickstoffatom, an das sie gebunden sind, ein 3- bis 10-gliedriges, gegebenenfalls substituiertes gesáttigtes/ungesáttigtes heterozyklisches Ringsystem bilden, das ein bis drei Hete-roatome/-gruppen enthált, die aus der aus -S-, -N-, -Ο-, -C(=0)- und -C(=S)- bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt sind; m = 0, 1 Oder 2 ist und R4 aus einer Oder mehreren, gegebenenfalls substituierten Alkylgruppen ausgewáhlt ist Oder zwei R4 zusammen mit den Kohlenstoffatomen, an die sie gebunden sind, ein gegebenenfalls substituiertes 5- bis 6-gliedriges zyklisches System bilden, das gegebenenfalls 1 bis 4 Heteroatome/-gruppen enthált, die aus der aus -N-, -S-, -Ο-, -C(=0)- und -C(=S)- bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt sind; und Ra aus der aus Wasserstoff und gegebenenfalls substituiertem Alkyl bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt ist. 9. Verbindung dér Formel I, dérén tautomere Formen, dérén Stereoisomere und deren pharmazeutisch annehmbare Salze nach einem der Anspriiche 1-8, wobei R1 aus der aus Pyridyl, Furanyl, Indolyl, N-Methylisoindolyl, Benzofu-ranyl, Piperazinyl, 4-(4-Fluorphenyl)piperazinyl, Morpholinyl, Indolinyl, 2-Oxoindolinyl, 2,3-Dihydrobenzo-[b][1,4]di-oxinyl, Benzopyranyl und Phenyl, das gegebenenfalls mit 1 bis 2 aus der aus Flalogen, Cyclopropyl, Trifluormethyl, Methoxy, Ethoxy, Trifluormethoxy, Methyl, Ethyl, Dimethylamino, Monomethylamino, tert-Butyl und 4-Methylpiper-azinyl ausgewahlten Substituenten substituiert ist, bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt ist; R2 aus der aus Wasserstoff, Methyl, Dimethylamino und Dimethylaminomethyl bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt ist; R3 aus der aus Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl, Methoxy, Ethoxy, Dimethylamino, N-Methoxy-N-methylamino, N-(2-Flydroxyethyl)-N-propylamino, Acetylaminomethyl und Piperidinyl bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt ist; R5 und R6 unabhángig voneinander aus der aus Wasserstoff, Methyl bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt sind Oder R5 und R6 zusammen mit dem Stickstoff-atom, an das sie gebunden sind, einen Piperidinring bilden; m = 0, 1 Oder 2 ist und R4 aus einer Oder mehreren Methylgruppen ausgewáhlt ist/sind Oder zwei R4 zusammen mit den Kohlenstoffatomen, an die sie gebunden sind, einen sechsgliedrigen Carbozyklus bilden; und Ra aus der aus Wasserstoff, Methyl, Ethyl und Cyclopropylmethyl bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt ist. 10. Verbindung der Formel I deren tautomere Formen, deren Stereoisomere und deren pharmazeutisch annehmbare Salze nach einem der Ansprüche 1-9, wobei R1 aus der aus 4-Chlorphenyl, 2-Chlorphenyl, 3-Chlorphenyl, 4--Fluorphenyl, 4-Cyclopropylphenyl, 4-Trifluormethylphenyl, 4-Methoxyphenyl, 4-Ethoxyphenyl, 3-Ethoxyphenyl, 4-Tolyl, 4-tert-Butylphenyl, 4-Dimethylaminophenyl, 3-Fluorphenyl, Phenyl, 4-Ethylphenyl, 3,4-Dichlorphenyl, 2,4-Di-chlorphenyl, 2,4-Difluorphenyl, 3-Chlor-4-fluorphenyl, 3-Chlor-4-methoxyphenyl, Piperazin-1-yl, 4-(Fluorphenyl)pi-perazinyl, Morpholino, Pyridin-4-yl, Pyridin-3-yl, Furan-3-yl, 1 H-lndol-5-yl, 1-Methyl-1 H-indol-5-yl, Benzofuran-5-yl, lndolin-5-yl, 4-(4-Methylpiperazinyl-1-yl)phenyl und 2,3-Dihydro-benzo[b][1,4]dioxin-6-yl) bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt ist. 11. Verbindung der Formel I deren tautomere Formen, deren Stereoisomere und deren pharmazeutisch annehmbare Salze nach einem der Ansprüche 1-10, wobei Z S ist. 12. Verbindung der Formel I, deren tautomere Formen, deren Stereoisomere und deren pharmazeutisch annehmbare Salze nach einem der Ansprüche 1-11, wobei die Verbindung aus folgender Gruppé ausgewáhlt ist: 4-(5-(4-Chlorphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(2-Chlorphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(3-Chlorphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(4-Fluorphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(4-Cyclopropylphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(4-Methyl-2-propionyl-5-(4-(trifluormethyl)phenyl)thiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(4-Ethoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(4-Methyl-2-propionyl-5-(4-(trifluormethoxy)phenyl)thiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(4-Methyl-2-propionyl-5-(4-tolyl)thiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(4-(tert-Butyl)phenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-((5-(4-Dimethylamino)phenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(3-Fluorphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(4-Methyl-5-phenyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(3-Ethoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(4-Ethylphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(3,4-Dichlorphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(2,4-Dichlorphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(2,4-Difluorphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(3-Chlor-4-fluorphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(3-Chlor-4-methoxyphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(4-Methyl-5-(piperazin-1-yl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(4-(4-Fluorphenyl)piperazin-1-yl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzol-sulfonamid; 4-(4-Methyl-5-morpholino-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(4-Methyl-2-propionyl-5-(pyridin-4-yl)thiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(4-Methyl-2-propionyl-5-(pyridin-3-yl)thiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(Furan-3-yl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(1 H-lndol-5-yl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(4-Methyl-5-(1-methyl-1 H-indol-5-yl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(Benzofuran-5-yl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(1 ndolin-5-yl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(4-Methyl-5-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)-benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(4-Chlorphenyl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(4-Chlorphenyl)-4-(dimethylamino)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4- (5-(4-Chlorphenyl)-4-((dimethylamino)methyl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)-benzolsulfonamid; 5- (4-Chlorphenyl)-N,N,4-trimethyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophen-2-carboxamid; 5-(4-Chlorphenyl)-N-methoxy-N,4-dimethyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophen-2-carboxamid; 5-(4-Chlorphenyl)-N-(2-hydroxyethyl-4-methyl-N-Propyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)-thiophen-2-carboxamid; 4-(5-(4-Chlorphenyl)-4-methyl-2-(piperidin-1-carbonyl)thiophen-3-yl)-benzolsulfonamid; 4-(2-Acetyl-5-(4-chlorphenyl)-4-methylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(4-Chlorphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)-2-methylbenzolsulfonamid; Methyl-4-methyl-5-(2- oxoindolin-5-yl)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)thiophen-2-carboxylat; Ethyl-4-methyl-5-(2-oxoindolin-5-yl)-3-(4-sulfa- moylphenyl)thiophen-2-carboxylat; 4-(4-Methyl-5-(4-mehylaminophenyl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(4-Chlorphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)-N,N-dimethyl-benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(4-Chlorphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)-N-methylbenzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(3,4-Difluorphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 1-(5-(4-Chlorphenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-(piperidin-1-ylsulfonyl)phenyl)thiophen-2-yl)-propan-1-on; 4- (5-(4-Chlorphenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1 H-pyrrol-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 5- (4-Chlorphenyl)-N,N,1,4-tetramethyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)-1 H-pyrrol-2-carboxamid; 4-(5-(4-Chlorphenyl)-1-ethyl-4-methyl-2-propionyl-1 H-pyrrol-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(4-Chlorphenyl)-1-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-methyl-2-propionyl-1 H-pyrrol-3-yl)-benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(4-Chlorphenyl)-4-methyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(4-Fluorphenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(2-Butyryl-5-(4-chlorphenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-IH-pyrrol-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(2,4-Dichlorphenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1 H-pyrrol-3-yl)benzolsulfonamid; 4-(5-(2,3-Dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-benzolsulfonamid;
Ethyl-5-(4-chlorphenyl)-4-methyl-3-(4-sulfamoyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)-thiophen-2-carboxylat; und
Ethyl-5-(4-chlorphenyl)-3-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)furan-2-carboxylat. 13. PharmazeutischeZusammensetzung, die eine Verbindung nach einem der Anspriiche 1-12 und einen pharmazeu-tisch annehmbaren Tráger umfasst. 14. Verwendung einer Verbindung nach Anspruch 1 bei der Herstellung eines Medikaments zur Behandlung einer Erkrankung Oder ihrer Symptome oder einer teilweise Oder vollstandig durch nikotinische Acetylcholinrezeptoren vermittelten Störung, wobei die Störung oder das Leiden oder die Erkrankung aus der aus Alzheimer-Krank-heit, leichten kognitiven Störungen, seniler Demenz, vaskularer Demenz, Demenz der Parkinson-Krankheit, Aufmerk-samhkeitsdefizitstörung, Aufmerksamkeitsdefizit-Hyperaktivitátsstörung, Lewy-Körper-Demenz, AIDS-Demenz-Komplex, Pick-Krankheit, Demenz in Verbindung mit Down-Syndrom, Morbus Huntington-Krankheit, kognitiven Defiziten in Verbindung mittraumatischen Hirnverletzungen, Abbau kognitiver Fáhigkeiten in Verbindung mit einem Schlaganfall, Neuroprotektion nach einem Schlaganfall, kognitiven und sensorisch-motorischen Gating-Defiziten in Verbindung mit Schizophrenie, kognitiven Defiziten in Verbindung mit einer bipolaren Störung, kognitive Störungen in Verbindung mit einer Depression, akutem Schmerz, Schmerz nach einem chirurgischen Eingriff oder nach einer Operation, chronischem Schmerz, Entziindung, Entziindungsschmerz, neuropathischem Schmerz, Einstellung des Rauchens, der Notwendigkeit des Wachstums neuer BlutgefaBe in Verbindung mit Wundheilung, der Notwendigkeit des Wachstums neuer BlutgefaBe in Verbindung mit der Vaskularisation von Hauttransplantaten und Kreislaufpro-blemen, Arthritis, rheumatoider Arthritis, Psoriasis, Morbus Crohn, Colitis ulcerosa, Pouchitis, entziindlicher Darmer-krankung, Zöliakie, Parodontitis, Sarkoidose, Pankreatitis, OrgantransplantabstoBung, einer akutén Immunerkran-kung in Verbindung mit Organtransplantation, einer chronischen Immunerkrankung in Verbindung mit Organtrans-plantation, septischem Schock, toxischem Schocksyndrom, Sepsissyndrom, Depression und rheumatoider Spondylitis bestehenden Gruppé ausgewáhlt ist. 15. Verbindung nach Anspruch 1 zűr Verwendung bei der Behandlung oder Vorbeugung einer Erkrankung Oder ihrer Symptome oder einer teilweise oder vollstandig durch nikotinische Acetylcholinrezeptoren vermittelten Störung, wobei die Störung oder das Leiden oder die Erkrankung aus der aus Alzheimer-Krankheit, leichten kognitiven Störungen, seniler Demenz, vaskulárer Demenz, Demenz der Parkinson-Krankheit, Aufmerksamhkeitsdefizitstö-rung, Aufmerksamkeitsdefizit-Hyperaktivitátsstörung, Lewy-Körper-Demenz, AIDS-Demenz-Komplex, Pick-Krank-heit, Demenz in Verbindung mit Down-Syndrom, Morbus Huntington-Krankheit, kognitiven Defiziten in Verbindung mit traumatischen Hirnverletzungen, Abbau kognitiver Fáhigkeiten in Verbindung mit einem Schlaganfall, Neuro-protektion nach einem Schlaganfall, kognitiven und sensorisch-motorischen Gating-Defiziten in Verbindung mit Schizophrenie, kognitiven Defiziten in Verbindung mit einer bipolaren Störung, kognitive Störungen in Verbindung mit einer Depression, akutem Schmerz, Schmerz nach einem chirurgischen Eingriff oder nach einer Operation, chronischem Schmerz, Entzündung, Entziindungsschmerz, neuropathischem Schmerz, Einstellungdes Rauchens, derNotwendigkeitdes Wachstums neuer Blutgefáβe in Verbindung mitWundheilung, derNotwendigkeitdesWachs-tums neuer Blutgefáβe in Verbindung mit der Vaskularisation von Hauttransplantaten und Kreislaufproblemen, Arthritis, rheumatoider Arthritis, Psoriasis, Morbus Crohn, Colitis ulcerosa, Pouchitis, entziindlicher Darmerkrankung, Zöliakie, Parodontitis, Sarkoidose, Pankreatitis, OrgantransplantabstoBung, einer akutén Immunerkrankung in Verbindung mit Organtransplantation, einer chronischen Immunerkrankung in Verbindung mit Organtransplantation, septischem Schock, toxischem Schocksyndrom, Sepsissyndrom, Depression und rheumatoider Spondylitis beste-henden Gruppé ausgewáhlt ist.
Revendications 1. Composé de formule I, ses formes tautoméres, ses stéréo-isoméres, ainsi que ses sels pharmaceutiquement ac-ceptables,
(I) dans lequel, dans le composé de formule I, Z est choisi dans le groupe comprenant -S-, -0- et - N(Ra)- ;
Ra est choisi dans le groupe constitué par un atomé d’hydrogéne, un groupe alkyle facultativement substitué, alcényle facultativement substitué, alcynyle facultativement substitué, cycloalkyle facultativement substitué, aryle facultativement substitué, hétéroaryle facultativement substitué, hétérocyclyle facultativement substitué ; R1 est choisi dans le groupe constitué par un groupe aryle facultativement substitué, hétéroaryle facultativement substitué, cycloalkyle facultativement substitué, hétérocyclyle facultativement substitué ; R2 est choisi dans le groupe constitué par un atomé d’hydrogéne, un groupe alkyle facultativement substitué, alcényle facultativement substitué, alcynyle facultativement substitué, halogéné, perhalogénoalkyle, cycloalkyle facultativement substitué, cyano, nitro, (R7)(R8)N-, R7aC(=0)N(R7)-, (R7)(R8)NC(=A1)N(R9)-R7aOC(=0)NR9-, R7aS02N(R8)-, R7A1- et R7aC(=0)- ; R3 est choisi dans le groupe constitué par un groupe alkyle facultativement substitué, alcényle facultativement substitué, alcynyle facultativement substitué, cycloalkyle facultativement substitué, hétérocyclyle facultativement substitué, dans lequel chacun desdits groupes cycloalkyle facultativement substitué et hétérocyclyle facultativement substitué estfacultativement annuléou facultativement ponté, (R7)(R8)N-, (R7)N(OR8)-, et R7A1 ; [R4]m est « m » fois la répétition de « groupes » R4, chaque R4 est choisi indépendamment dans le groupe constitué par un atomé d’halogéne, un groupe cyano, alkyle facultativement substitué, alcényle facultativement substitué, alcynyle facultativement substitué, hétéroalkyle facultativement substitué, cycloalkyle facultativement substitué, hétérocyclylefacultativementsubstitué, R7aC(=0)-, R7aS02-, R7A1-, (R7a)C(=0)N(R9)-, (R7)(R8)N-, (R7)(R8)NC(=A1)N(R9)-; dans lequel m = 0 á 3 ; ou deux groupes R4 et les atomes de carbone auxquels ils sont fixés torment ensemble un systéme cyclique á 5 á 6 chaínons facultativement substitué qui contient facul-tativement 1 á 4 hétéroatomes/groupes choisis parmi le groupe constitué par -N-, -S-, -Ο-, -C(=0)-, et -C(=S) ; R5 et R6 sont choisis indépendamment dans le groupe constitué par un atomé d’hydrogéne, R7aC(=0)-, un groupe alkyle facultativement substitué, alcényle facultativement substitué, alcynyle facultativement substitué, cycloalkyle facultativement substitué, hétérocyclyle facultativement substitué, aryle facultativement substitué et hétéroaryle facultativement substitué ; ou R5 et R6, conjointement avec l’atome d’azote auquel ils sont fixés, forment un systéme de cycle hétérocyclique á 3 á 10 chaínons facultativement substitué, saturé/insaturé, con-tenant un á trois hétéroatomes/groupes choisis dans le groupe consistant en - S-, -N-, -Ο-, -C(=0)-, et -C(=S)-; dans lequel R7, R8 et R9 sont choisis indépendamment dans le groupe constitué par un atomé d’hydrogéne, un groupe alkyle facultativement substitué, alcényle facultativement substitué, alcynyle facultativement substitué, hétéroalkyle facultativement substitué, aryle facultativement substitué, hétéroaryle facultativement substitué, cycloalkyle facultativement substitué et hétérocyclyle facultativement substitué ; A1 est choisi dans le groupe constitué par 0 et S ; R7a est choisi dans le groupe constitué par un groupe alkyle facultativement substitué, alcényle facultativement substitué, alcynyle facultativement substitué, hétéroalkyle facultativement substitué, aryle facultativement substitué, hétéroaryle facultativement substitué, cycloalkyle facultativement substitué et hétérocyclyle facultativement substitué ; dans lequel, l’expression « alkyle facultativement substitué » désigne un groupe alkyle non substitué ou substitué par 1 a 6 substituants choisis indépendamment dans le groupe constitué par un groupe oxo, halogéné, nitro, cyano, aryle, hétéroaryle, cycloalkyle, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, R10aOC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(=O)-, R10aC((=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(=A1N(H)-et (R10)(alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)-; l’expression « alcényle facultativement substitué » désigne un groupe alcényle non substitué ou substitué par 1 á 6 substituants choisis indépendamment dans le groupe constitué par un groupe oxo, halogéné, nitro, cyano, aryle, hétéroaryle, cycloalkyle, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, R10aOC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(=O)-, R10aC((=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(=A1N(H)-et (R10)(alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)-; l’expression « alcynyle facultativement substitué » désigne un groupe alcynyle non substitué ou substitué par 1 á 6 substituants choisis indépendamment dans le groupe constitué par un groupe oxo, halogéné, nitro, cyano, aryle, hétéroaryle, cycloalkyle, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, R10aOC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(= A1N(H)- et (R10)(alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)-; l’expression « hétéroalkyle facultativement substitué » désigne un groupe hétéroalkyle substitué ou non par 1 á 6 substituants choisis indépendamment dans le groupe constitué par un groupe oxo, halogéné, nitro, cyano, aryle, hétéroaryle et cycloalkyle ; l’expression « cycloalkyle facultativement substitué » désigne un groupe cycloalkyle non substitué ou substitué par 1 á 6 substituants choisis indépendamment dans le groupe constitué par un groupe oxo, halogéné, nitro, cyano, aryle, hétéroaryle, alkyle, alcényle, alcynyle, R10aC(=O), R10aSO2-, R10A1, R10aOC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(= A1N(H)- et (R10)(alkyl)NC(=A1)N(H)-; l’expression « aryle facultativement substitué » désigne (i) un groupe aryle non substitué ou substitué par 1 á 3 substituants choisis indépendamment dans le groupe constitué par un groupe halogéné, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, un alkyle en C1 á C6, alcényle en C2 á C6, alcynyle en C2 á C6, cycloalkyle en C3 á C6, perhaloalkyle en C1 á C6, alkyl-O-, alcényl-Ο-, alcynyl-O-, perhaloalkyle-Ο-, alkyl-N(alkyl)-, alkyl-N(H)-, H2N-, alkyl-S02-, perhaloalkyle-S02-, alkyl-C(=0)N(alkyle)-, alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, alkyl-N(aikyi)C(=0)-, alkyl-N(H)C(=0)-, H2NC(=0)-, alkyl-N(alkyl)S02-, alkyl-N(H) S02-, H2NS02-, hétérocycle de 3 á 6 chaínons contenant 1 á 2 hétéroatomes choisis dans le groupe consistant en N, 0 et S, dans lequel lesdits 3 á 6 chaínons sont facultativement substitués par un groupe alkyle, alcényle, alcynyle, ou alkyl-C(=0)- ou (ii) ledit cycle aryle substitué ou non substitué, facultativement fusionné avec un cycle cycloalcane ou un cycle hétérocyclique contenant 1 á 3 hétéroatomes choisis parmi S, 0, N, á travers une liaison, dans lequel ledit cycle cycloalcane ou cycle hétérocyclique est facultativement substitué par un groupe oxo, alkyle, alcényle, alcynyle ou alkyl-C(= 0) ; l’expression « hétérocyclyle facultativement substitué » désigne un groupe (i) hétérocyclyle non substitué ou substitué sur les atomes de carbone du cycle par 1 á 6 substituants choisis indépendamment dans le groupe constitué par un groupe oxo, halogéné, nitro, cyano, aryle, hétéroaryle, alkyle, alcényle, alcynyle, R10aA1, R10aOC(=O)-, Rl0aC(=O)O-, (Rl0)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(O)-, R10aC(=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC(=A1)N(H)- et (R10)(alkyl)NC(=A1N(H)-, (ii) un groupe hétérocyclyle facultativement substitué sur le ou les atomes d’azote du cycle avec un ou plusieurs substituants choisis dans le groupe consistant en un groupe hétéroaryle, alkyle, alcényle, alcynyle, R10aC(=O)-, R10aSO2-, R10aOC(=O)-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(=O)-, et un groupe aryle non substitué ou substitué par 1 á 3 substituants choisis indépendamment parmi un groupe halogéné, alkyle, alcényle, alcynyle, cyano ou nitro ; l’expression « hétéroaryle facultativement substitué » désigne un groupe hétéroaryle non substitué ou substitué par 1 á 3 substituants choisis indépendamment dans le groupe constitué par un atomé d’halogéne, un groupe nitro, cyano, hydroxy, alkyle en C1 á C6, alcényle en C2 á C6, alcynyle en C2 á C6, cycloalkyle en C3 á C6, perhaloalkyle en C1 á C6, alkyl-O-, alcényl-Ο-, alcynyl-O-, perhaloalkyle-Ο-, alkyl-N (alkyl)-, alkyl-N(H)-, H2N-, alkyle-S02-, pe-rhaloalkyle-S02-, alkyl-C(=0)N(alkyle)-, alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, alkyl-N(alkyl)C(=0)-, alkyl-N(H)C(=0)-, H2NC((=0)-, alk-yl-N(alkyl) S02-, alkyl-N H)S02-, H2NS02-, et hétérocycle de 3 á 6 chaínons contenant 1 á 2 hétéro-atomes choisis dans le groupe consistant en N, 0 et S, dans lequel l’hétérocycle est facultativement substitué par un á quatre substituants choisis dans le groupe consistant en un groupe alcényle alkyle, alkynyle, ou alkyl-C(=0); l’expression « systéme cyclique á 5 ou 6 chaínons facultativement substitué » désigne le systéme cyclique á 5 á 6 chaínons non substitué ou substitué par 1 á 3 substituants choisis dans le groupe constitué par un groupe oxo, halogéné, nitro, cyano, aryle, hétéroaryle, alkyle, alcényle, alcynyle, R10aC(=O)-, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, R10aOC(=O)-, Rl0aC(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(=O), R10aC(=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC=A1)N(H)-et (R10)(-alkyl) NC(=A1N (H); l’expression « systéme de cycle hétérocyclique á3 á 10 chaínons facultativement substitué saturé/insaturé » désigne le systéme de cycle hétérocyclique á 3 á 10 chaínons saturé/insaturé facultativement substitué par 1 á 3 substituants choisis dans le groupe constitué par un groupe oxo, halogéné, nitro, cyano, aryle, hétéroaryle, alkyle, alcényle, alcynyle, R10aC(=O)-, R10aSO2-, R10aA1-, R10aOC(=O)-, R10aC(=O)O-, (R10)(H)NC(=O)-, (R10)(alkyl)NC(=O), Rl0aC(=O)N(H)-, (R10)(H)N-, (R10)(alkyl)N-, (R10)(H)NC=A1)N(H)-et (R10)(-alkyl)NC(=A1N(H) ; dans lequel R10 est choisi parmi un atomé d’hydrogéne, un groupe alkyle, alcényle, alcynyle, aryle, hétéroaryle, cycloalkyle ou hétérocyclyle ; et R10a est choisi dans le groupe constitué par un groupe alkyle, alcényle, alcynyle, perhalogénoalkyle, aryle, hétéroaryle, cycloalkyle ou hétérocyclyle. 2. Composé de formule I, ses formes tautoméres, ses stéréoisoméres, ainsi que ses sels pharmaceutiquement ac-ceptables, tel que revendiqué dans la revendication 1, dans lequel R2 est choisi dans le groupe constitué par un atomé d’hydrogéne, un groupe alkyle facultativement substitué, et (R7)(R8)N-. 3. Composé de formule I, ses formes tautoméres, ses stéréoisoméres, ainsi que ses sels pharmaceutiquement ac-ceptables, tel que revendiqué dans l’une quelconque des revendications 1 et2, dans lequel R3 est choisi dans le groupe constitué par un groupe alkyle facultativement substitué, hétérocyclyle facultativement substitué, R7A1-(R7)(R8)N- et (R7)N(OR8)-, de maniére plus préférée dans le groupe constitué par un groupe méthyle, éthyle, n-propyle, méthoxy, éthoxy, diméthylamino, N-méthoxy-N-méthyl amino, N-(2-hydroxy-éthyl)-N-propyl amino, acé-tylaminométhyle et pipéridinyle. 4. Composé de formule I, ses formes tautoméres, ses stéréoisoméres, ainsi que ses sels pharmaceutiquement ac-ceptables, tel que revendiqué dans l’une quelconque des revendications 1 á 3, dans lequel R5 et R6 sont choisis indépendamment dans le groupe comprenant un atomé d’hydrogéne, un groupe alkyle facultativement substitué, ou les deux R5 et R6, conjointement avec Tatomé d’azote auquel ils sont liés, forment un systéme de cycle hétérocyclique á 3 á 10 chaínons facultativement substitué, saturé/insaturé, contenant un á trois hétéroatomes/groupes choisis dans le groupe comprenant S, N, O, C (=0)-, et -C(=S). 5. Composé de formule I, ses formes tautoméres, ses stéréoisoméres, ainsi que ses sels pharmaceutiquement ac-ceptables, tel que revendiqué dans l’une quelconque des revendications 1 á 4, dans lequel m est égal á 0, 1 ou 2, et le ou les R4 est ou sont choisis parmi un ou des groupe alkyle facultativement substitués, ou les deux R4, conjointement avec les atomes de carbone auxquels ils sont liés, forment un systéme cyclique facultativement substitué á 5 á 6 chaínons qui contient facultativement 1 á 4 hétéroatomes/groupes choisis dans le groupe comprenant N, S, 0, C(-O)-, et -C(=S)-. 6. Composé de formule I, ses formes tautoméres, ses stéréoisoméres, ainsi que ses sels pharmaceutiquement ac-ceptables, tel que revendiqué dans l’une quelconque des revendications 1 á 5, dans lequel m est égal á 0, 1 ou 2, et le ou les R4 est ou sont choisis parmi un ou des groupes méthyle, ou les deux R4, conjointement avec les atomes de carbone auxquels ils sont liés, forment un carbocycle á six chaínons. 7. Composé de formule I, ses formes tautoméres, ses stéréoisoméres, ainsi que ses sels pharmaceutiquement ac-ceptables, tel que revendiqué tel que revendiqué dans l’une quelconque des revendications 1 á 6, dans lequel Ra est choisi parmi l’hydrogéne et un groupe alkyle facultativement substitué. 8. Composé de formule I, ses formes tautoméres, ses stereoisomersand alkyle ses sels pharmaceutiquement accep-tables, tel que revendiqué dans l’une quelconque des revendications 1 á 7, dans lequel R2 est choisi dans le groupe comprenant un atomé d’hydrogéne, un groupe alkyle facultativement substitué, et (R7)(R8)N-; R3 est choisi dans le groupe constitué par un groupe alkyle facultativement substitué, hétérocyclyle facultativement substitué, R7A1, (R7)(R8)N- et (R7)N(OR8)-; R5 et R6 sont choisis indépendamment dans le groupe consistent en un atomé d’hydrogéne, un groupe alkyle facultativement substitué, ou les deux R5 et R6, conjointement avec Tatomé d’azote auquel ils sont liés, forment un systéme de cycle hétérocyclique ayant 3 á 10 chaínons facultativement substitué, saturé/insaturé, contenant un á trois hétéroatomes/groupes choisis dans le groupe consistant en - S-, -N-, -Ο-, -C(=0)- et -C(=S) ; m est égal á 0, 1 ou 2, et le ou les R4 est ou sont choisis parmi un ou des groupes alkyle facultativement substitués, ou les deux R4, conjointement avec les atomes de carbone auxquels ils sont liés, forment un systéme cyclique á 5 á 6 chaínons facultativement substitué qui contient facultativement un á quatre hétéroatomes/groupes choisis dans le groupe consistant en -N-, -S-, -Ο-, -C(=0) -, et -C(=S)-; et Ra est choisi dans le groupe constitué par un atomé d’hydrogéne et un groupe alkyle facultativement substitué. 9. Composé de formule I, ses formes tautoméres, ses stéréoisoméres, ainsi que ses sels pharmaceutiquement ac-ceptables, tel que revendiqué selon l’une quelconque des revendications 1 á 8, dans lequel R1 est choisi dans le groupe comprenant un groupe pyridyle, furannyle, indolyle, N-méthylisoindolyle, benzofuranyle, pipérazinyle, 4-(4-fluorophényljpipérazinyle, morpholinyle, indolinyle, 2-oxoindolinyle, 2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxinyle, benzopyra-nyle, et phényle facultativement substitué par 1 á 2 substituants choisis dans le groupe comprenant un groupe halo, cyclopropyle, trifluorométhyle, méthoxy, éthoxy, trifluorométhoxy, méthyle, éthyle, diméthylamino, monométhyla-mino, tert-butyle et 4-méthylpipérazinyle ; R2 est choisi dans le groupe constitué par un atomé d’hydrogéne, un groupe méthyle, diméthylamino et diméthylaminométhyle ; R3 est choisi dans le groupe comprenant un groupe méthyle, éthyle, n-propyle, méthoxy, éthoxy, diméthylamino, N-méthoxy-N-méthylamino, N-(2-hydroxy-éthyl)-N-propyle amino, acétylaminométhyle et pipéridinyle ; R5 et R6 sont choisis indépendamment dans le groupe consistant en un atomé d’hydrogéne, un groupe méthyle, ou R5 et R6, ensemble avec l’atome d’azote auquel ils sont liés, forment un cycle de pipéridine ; m est égal á 0, 1 ou 2, et R4 est choisi parmi les groupes méthyle, ou les deux R4, conjointement avec les atomes de carbone auxquels ils sont liés, forment un carbocycle á six chaínons ; et Ra est choisi dans le groupe comprenant hydrogéne, et un groupe méthyle, éthyle et cyclopropylméthyle. 10. Composé de formule I, ses formes tautoméres, ses stéréoisoméres, ainsi que ses sels pharmaceutiquement ac-ceptables, tel que revendiqué dans l’une quelconque des revendications 1 á 9, dans lequel R1 est choisi dans le groupe comprenant un groupe 4-chlorophényle, 2-chlorophényle, 3-chlorophényle, 4-fluorophényle, 4-cyclopropyl-phényle, 4-trifluorométhylphényle, 4-méthoxyphényle, 4-éthoxyphényle, 3-éthoxyphényle, 4-tolyle, 4-tert-butyle phényle, 4-diméthylaminophényle, 3-fluorophényle, phényle, 4-éthylphényle, 3, -dichlorophényle, 2,4-dichlorophé-nyle, 2,4-difluorophényle, 3-chloro-4-fluorophényle, 3-chloro-4-méthoxyphényle, piperazin-1-yle, 4-(fluorophényl)pi-pérazinyle, morpholino, pyridine-4-yle, pyridine-3-yle, furánne-3-yle, 1H-indol-5-yle, 1-méthyl-1H-indol-5-yle, ben-zofuranne-5-yle, indoline-5-yle, 4-(4méthylpipéraziny-1-yl)phényle et 2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4] dioxin-6-yle). 11. Composé de formule I, ses formes tautoméres, ses stéréoisoméres, ainsi que ses sels pharmaceutiquement ac-ceptables, tel que revendiqué dans l’une quelconque des revendications 1 á 10, dans lequel Z est S. 12. Composé de formule I, ses formes tautoméres, ses stéréoisoméres, ainsi que ses sels pharmaceutiquement ac-ceptables, tel que revendiqué dans l’une quelconque des revendications 1 á 11, dans lequel le composé est choisi dans le groupe comprenant: 4-(5-(4-chlorophényl)-4-méthyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzénesulfonamide; 4-(5-(2-chlorophényl)-4-mé-thyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzénesulfonamide; 4-(5-(3-chlorophényl)-4-méthyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yljbenzénesulfonamide ; 4-(5-(4-fluorophényl)-4-méthyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzénesulfonamide ; 4- (5-(4-cyclopropylphényl)-4-méthyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzénesulfonamide ; 4-(4-methyl-2-propionyl- 5- (4-(trifluorométhyl)phényl)thiophén-3-yl)benzénesulfonamide ; 4-(5-(4-méthoxyphényl)-4-méthyl-2-propio- nylthiophen-3-yl)benzénesulfonamide ; 4-(5-(4-éthoxyphényl)-4-méthyl-2-propionylthiophen-3- yljbenzénesulfonamide ; 4-(4-méthyl-2-propionyl-5-(4-(trifluorométhoxy)phényl)thiophén-3- yljbenzénesulfonamide ; 4-(4-méthyl-2-propionyl-5-(4-tolyl) thiophén-3-yl)benzénesulfonamide ; 4-(5-(4-(ferf-butyl) phényl)-4-méthyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzénesulfonamide; 4-((5-(4-diméthylami-no)phényl)-4-méthyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzénesulfonamide ; 4-(5-(3-fluorophényl)-4-méthyl-2-propio-nylthiophen-3-yl)benzéne sulfonamide ; 4-(4-méthyl-5-phényl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl) benzénesulfonamide ; 4-(5-(3-éthoxyphényl)-4-méthyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzénesulfonamide ; 4-(5-(4-éthylphényl)-4-mé-thyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzénesulfonamide ; 4-(5-(3,4-dichlorophényl)-4-méthyl-2-propionylthiophen- 3- yl)benzénesulfonamide ; 4-(5-(2,4-dichlorophényl) -4-méthyl-2-propionylthiophen-3- yl)benzénesulfonamide ; 4-(5-(2,4-difluorophényl)-4-méthyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzénesulfonamide ; 4- (5-(3-chloro-4-fluorophényl)-4-méthyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzénesulfonamide ; 4-(5-(3-chloro-4-mé- thoxyphényl)-4-méthyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzénesulfonamide ; 4-(4-méthyl-5-(pipérazine-1-yl)-2-pro-pionylthiophen-3-yl)benzéne sulfonamide ; 4-(5-(4-(4-fluorophényl)pipérazine-1-yl)-4-méthyl-2-propionylthio-phen-3-yl)benzénesulfonamide ; 4-(4-méthyl-5-morpholino-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzénesulfonamide ; 4-(4-méthyl-2-propionyl-5-(pyridine-4-yl)thiophén-3-yl)benzénesulfonamide ; 4-(4-méthyl-2-propionyl-5-(pyri-dine-3-yl)thiophén-3yl)benzénesulfonamide; 4-(5-(furanne-3-yl)-4-méthyl-2-propionylthiophen-3- yl)benzénesulfonamide ; 4-(5-(1 /-/-indol-5-yl) =-4-méthyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl) =benzénesulfonamide ; 4-(4-méthyl-5-(1-méthyl-1/-/-indol-5-yl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzénesulfonamide ; 4-(5-(benzofuranne-5-yl)-4-méthyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl) benzénesulfonamide ; 4- (5-(indoline-5-yl)-4-méthyl-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzénesulfonamide ; 4-(4-méthyl-5-(4-(4-méthylpipé- razine-1-yl)phényl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl)benzénesulfonamide; 4-(5-(4-chlorophényl)-2-propionylthio-phen-3-yl)benzénesulfonamide; 4-(5-(4-chlorophényl)-4-(diméthylamino)-2-propionylthiophen-3- yl)benzénesulfonamide; 4-(5-(4-chlorophényl)-4-((diméthylamino)méthyl)-2-propionylthiophen-3-yl) benzénesulfonamide ; 5-(4-chlorophényl)-/\/,/\/,4-triméthyl-3-(4-sulphamoylpheényl)thiophéne-2- carboxamide ; 5-(4-chloroph"nyl)-A/-méthoxy-A/,4-diméthyl-3-(4-sulphamoylphényl) thiophéne-2-carboxamide ; 5- (4-chlorophényl)-A/-(2-hydroxyéthyl)-4-méthyl-N-propyl-3-(4-sulfamoylphényl)thiophéne-2-carboxamide ; 4-(5-(4-chlorophényl)-4-méthyl-2-(pipéridine-1-carbonyl)thiophén-3-yl) benzénesulfonamide ; 4-(2-acétyl-5-(4-chlorophényl)-4-méthylthiophéne-3-yl)benzénesulfonamide ; 4-(5-(4-chlorophényl)-4-méthyl-2-propionylthio-phéne-3-yl)-2-méthylbenzénesulfonamide ; 4-méthyl-5-(2-oxoindoline-5-yl)-3-(4-sulfamoylphényl)thiophén-2-carboxylate de méthyle; 4-méthyl-5-(2-oxoindoline-5-yl)-3-(4-sulfamoylphényl) thiophéne-2-carboxylate d’éthyle. 13. Composition pharmaceutique comprenant un composé selon l’une quelconque des revendications 1 á 12 et un support pharmaceutiquement acceptable. 14. Utilisation d’un composé selon la revendication 1 dans la préparation d’un médicament destiné á prévenir ou á traiter une maladie ou de ses symptőmes ou un trouble médié partiellement ou totalement par les récepteurs nicotiniques de l’acétylcholine, dans laquelle le trouble ou l’affection ou la maladie est choisi dans le groupe comprenant la maladie d’AIzheimer, une altération cognitive bénigne, la démence sénile, la démence vasculaire, la démence de la maladie de Parkinson, le trouble déficitaire de l’attention, le trouble d’hyperactivité avec déficit de l’attention, la démence associée á des corps de Lewy, le complexe de démence lié au SIDA, la maladie de Pick, la démence associée au syndrome de Down, la maladie de Huntington, les déficits cognitifs associés á une lésion cérébrale traumatique, le déclin cognitif associé á un AVC, une neuroprotection post-AVC, les déficits cognitifs et de déclenchement sensoriel-moteur associés á la schizophrénie, les déficits cognitifs associés á un trouble bipolaire, les troubles cognitifs associés á la dépression, la douleur aigué, la douleur post-chirurgicale ou post-opératoire, la douleur chronique, l’inflammation, la douleur inflammatoire, la douleur neuropathique, le sevrage tabagique, le besoin d’une nouvelle croissance de vaisseaux sanguins associé á la guérison des plaies, le besoin d’une nouvelle croissance de vaisseaux sanguins associé á la vascularisation des greffes de peau, et la mauvaise circulation, l’arthrite, la polyarthrite rhumatoíde, le psoriasis, la maladie de Crohn, la colite ulcéreuse, la pouchite, une maladie inflammatoire de l’intestin, une maladie coeliaque, la parodontite, la sarcoídose, la pancréatite, le rejet de greffe d’organe, une maladie immune aigué associée á une transplantation d’organe, une maladie immune chronique associée á une transplantation d’organe, un chocseptique, un syndrome de choc toxique, le syndrome septicémique, la dépression et la spondylarthrite ankylosante. 15. Composé selon la revendication 1 destiné á étre utilisé pour la prévention ou le traitement d’une maladie ou de ses symptőmes ou d’un trouble médié partiellement ou totalement par les récepteurs nicotiniques de l’acétylcholine, dans lequel le trouble ou l’affection ou la maladie est choisi dans le groupe constitué par la maladie d’AIzheimer, une altération cognitive bénigne, la démence sénile, la démence vasculaire, la démence de la maladie de Parkinson, le trouble déficitaire de l’attention, le trouble d’hyperactivité avec déficit de l’attention, la démence associée a des corps de Lewy, le complexe de démence lié au SIDA, la maladie de Pick, la démence associée au syndrome de Down, la maladie de Huntington, les déficits cognitifs associés á une lésion cérébrale traumatique, le déclin cognitif associé á un AVC, une neuroprotection post-AVC, les déficits cognitifs et de déclenchement sensoriel-moteur associés á la schizophrénie, les déficits cognitifs associés á un trouble bipolaire, les troubles cognitifs associés á la dépression, la douleuralgué, la douleur post-chirurgicaleou post-opératoire, la douleurchronique, I’inflammation, la douleur inflammatoire, la douleur neuropathique, le sevrage tabagique, le besoin d’une nouvelle croissance de vaisseaux sanguins associé á la guérison des plaies, le besoin d’une nouvelle croissance de vaisseaux sanguins associé á la vascularisation des greffes de peau, et la mauvaise circulation, l’arthrite, la polyarthrite rhumato'íde, le psoriasis, la maladie de Crohn, la colite ulcéreuse, la pouchite, une maladie inflammatoire de l’intestin, une maladie coeliaque, la parodontite, la sarcoídose, la pancréatite, le rejet de greffe d’organe, une maladie immune aigué associée á une transplantation d’organe, une maladie immune chronique associée á une transplantation d’organe, un choc septique, un syndrome de choc toxique, le syndrome septicémique, la dépression et la spondylarthrite ankylosante.
REFERENCES CITED IN THE DESCRIPTION
This list of references cited by the applicant is for the reader’s convenience only. It does not form part of the European patent document. Even though great care has been taken in compiling the references, errors or omissions cannot be excluded and the EPO disclaims all liability in this regard.
Patent documents cited in the description • US 20060142349 A[0013] • US 20070142450 A[0013] • US 20090253691 A[0013] • WO 2007031440 A [0013] • WO 2009115547 A [0013] • WO 2009135944 A [0013] • WO 2009127678 A [0013] • WO 2009127679 A [0013] • WO 2009043780 A [0013] • WO 2009043784 A [0013] • US 7683084 B [0013] • US 7741364 B [0013] • WO 2009145996 A [0013] • US 20100240707 A[0013] • WO 2011064288 A [0013] • US 20100222398 A[0013] • US 20100227869 A[0013] • EP 1866314 A [0013] • WO 2010130768 A [0013] • WO 2011036167 A [0013] • US 20100190819 A [0013] • US 2003236413 A[0059] • US 5608082 A [0061] • WO 2007092751 A [0061] [0140] • EP 1012142 A [0063] [0090] [0143] • EP 1790640 A [0080] • WO 2005105789 A [0088] • WO 200530715 A [0090] • US 4235871 A [0123] • US 4501728 A [0123] • US 4837028 A [0123] • US 5019369 A [0123] • US 20060258670 A[0299] • WO 2004792 A [0314] • EP 1489077 A1 [0325]
Non-patent literature cited in the description • PATERSON D et al. Prog. Neurobiol., 2000, vol. 61, 75-111 [0005] • RUBBOLI F et al. Neurochem. Int, 1994, vol. 25, 69-71 [0005] • ALKONDON M et al. Eur. J. Pharmacol., 2000, vol. 393, 59-67 [0005] • DAJAS-BAILADOR F et al. Trends Pharmacol. Sci., 2004, vol. 25, 317-324 [0005] • BITNER RS et al. J. Neurosci., 2007, vol. 27, 10578-10587 [0005] • MCKAY BE et al. Biochem. Pharmacol., 2007, vol. 74, 1120-1133 [0005] • MANSVELDER HD et al. Psychopharmacology (Berl), 2006, vol. 184, 292-305 [0006] • CHAN WK et al. Neuropharmacology, 2007, vol. 52, 1641-1649 [0006] • YOUNG JW et al. Eur. Neuropsychopharmacol., 2007, vol. 17, 145-155 [0006] [0104] • FREEDMAN R et al. Biol. Psychiatry, 1995, vol. 38, 22-33 [0006] [0007] • TSUANG DW et al. Am. J. Med. Genet., 2001, vol. 105, 662-668 [0006] [0007] • CURZON P et al. Neurosci. Lett., 2006, vol. 410, 15-19 [0006] • YOUNG JWetal. Neuropsychopharmacology, 2004, vol. 29, 891-900 [0006] • HASHIMOTO K et al. Biol. Psychiatry, 2008, vol. 63, 92-97 [0006] • CARSON R et al. Neuromolecular, 2008, vol. 10, 377-384 [0007] • LEONARD S et al. Pharmacol. Biochem. Behav., 2001, vol. 70, 561-570 [0007] • FREEDMAN R et al. Curr. Psychiatry Rep., 2003, vol. 5, 155-161 [0007] • CANNON TD etal. Curr. Opin. Psychiatry, 2005, vol. 18, 135-140 [0007] • LEISER SC et al. Pharmacol. Then, 2009, vol. 122, 302-311 [0007] • SUEMARU K etal. Nippon YakurigakuZasshi, 2002, vol. 119, 295-300 [0007] • NIZRI E et al. Drug News Perspect., 2007, vol. 20, 421-429 [0008] • WANG HY et al. J. Neurosci., 2009, vol. 29, 10961-10973 [0008] • FEHER A et al. Dement. Geriatr. Cogn. Disord., 2009, vol. 28, 56-62 [0008] [0104] • NAGELE RG et al. Neuroscience, 2002, vol. 110, 199-211 [0009] • JEYARASASINGAM G et al. Neuroscience, 2002, vol. 109, 275-285 [0009] • MARRERO MB et al. Brain. Res., 2009, vol. 1256, 1-7 [0009] • KUZMIN A et al. Psychopharmacology (Berl), 2009, vol. 203, 99-108 [0009] [0106] • WEISS RB et al. PLoS Genet., 2008, vol. 4, e1000125 [0009] [0106] • SOLINAS M et al. J. Neurosci., 2007, vol. 27, 5615-5620 [0009] [0106] • EBBERT JO et al. Patient. Prefer. Adherence, 2010, vol. 4, 355-362 [0009] [0106] • DECKER MW et al. Expert. Opin. Investig. Drugs, 2001, vol. 10, 1819-1830 [0010] • ROWBOTHAM MC et al. Pain, 2009, vol. 146, 245-252 [0010] • DAMAJ Ml et al. Neuropharmacology, 2000, vol. 39, 2785-2791 [0011] • GALLOWITSCH-PUERTA M et al. Life Sci., 2007, vol. 80, 2325-2329 [0011] • ROSAS-BALLINA M etal. Mol. Med., 2009, vol. 15, 195-202 [0011] • ROSAS-BALLINA M et al. J. Intern. Med., 2009, vol. 265, 663-679 [0011] • WESTMAN M et al. Scand. J. Immunol., 2009, vol. 70, 136-140 [0011] • JIN Y et al. Int. J. Immunogenet., 2010 [0011] • LIU C et al. Crit. Care. Med., 2009, vol. 37, 634-641 [0011] • ARIAS HR et al. Int. J. Biochem. Cell. Biol., 2009, vol. 41, 1441-1451 [0012] • HEESCHEN C et al. J. Clin. Invest., 2002, vol. 110, 527-536 [0012] • CALLEJA-MACIAS IE et al. Int. J. Cancer., 2009, vol. 124, 1090-1096 [0012] • SCHULLER HM etal. Eur. J. Pharmacol., 2000, vol. 393, 265-277 [0012] • OLINCY A et al. Biol. Psychiatry, 2005, vol. 57 (8 [0012] • OLINCY A et al. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry, 2006, vol. 63, 630-638 [0012] • GOLDSTEIN R et al. Acad. Emerg. Med., 2007, vol. 14 (1 [0012] • O’DONNELL CJ et al. J. Med. Chem., 2010, vol. 53, 1222-1237 [0012] • REDROBE JP et al. Eur. J. Pharmacol., 2009, vol. 602, 58-65 [0012] • DUNLOP J et al. J. Pharmacol. Exp. Then, 2009, vol. 328, 766-776 [0012] • PICHAT P et al. Neuropsychopharmacology, 2007, vol. 32, 17-34 [0012] • RONCARATI Retal. J. Pharmacol. Exp. Then, 2009, vol. 329, 459-468 [0012] • VAN KM et al. Psychophanmacology (Berl), 2004, vol. 172, 375-383 [0012] • BOESS FG et al. J. Pharmacol. Exp. Then, 2007, vol. 321,716-725 [0012] • HAUSER TA et al. Biochem. Phanmacol., 2009, vol. 78, 803-812 [0012] • ALBUQUERQUE EX et al. Alzheimer Dis. Assoc. Disord., 2001, (1), S19-S25 [0013] • FAGHIH R et al. J. Med. Chem., 2009, vol. 52, 3377-3384 [0013] • NG HJ et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., U. S. A., 2007, vol. 104, 8059-8064 [0013] • TIMMERMANN DB et al. J. Pharmacol. Exp. Then, 2007, vol. 323, 294-307 [0013] • J. Med. Chem., 2009, vol. 52, 3377 [0056] [0094] • Tetnahednon letters, 2005, vol. 46 (43), 7295-7298 [0059] • Tetrahedron letters, 2003, vol. 44 (16), 3385-3386 [0059] • Synthetic Communications, 2009, vol. 39 (12), 2082-2092 [0059] • Tetrahedron letters, 2010, vol. 51 (15), 2048-2051 [0059] • Tetrahedron letters, 2008, vol. 49 (18), 2882-2885 [0059] • J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 2005, vol. 127 (36), 12640-12646 [0059] • N. MIYAURA; A. SUZUKI. Chem. Rev., 1995, vol. 95, 2547 [0063] • J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans.: Organic and Bioorganic chemistry (1972-1999), 1973, 1766-1770 [0071] • Tetrahedron, 2004, vol. 60, 3439-43 [0073] • Bioorganic chemistry, 1994, vol. 22, 387-394 [0080] • Tetrahedron Letters, 2005, vol. 46,4539-4542 [0088] [0260] [0269] [0276] • Tetrahedron Letters, 2010, vol. 51,1693-1695 [0088] • J. Org. Chem., 2009, vol. 74 (2), 903-905 [0088] • Organic Letters, 2007, vol. 9 (25), 5191-5194 [0088] • Tetrahedron, 2006, vol. 62, 8243-8255 [0088] • Synlett, 2002, vol. 7, 1152-1154 [0089] • N.MIYAURA ; A. SUZUKI. Chem. Rev., 1995, vol. 95, 2547 [0090] • Organic Preparations and Procedures International, 2002, vol. 37 (5), 545-549 [0093] • BERGE S.M. et al. Pharmaceutical Salts, a review article. Journal of Pharmaceutical sciences, 1977, vol. 66, 1-19 [0099] • P.H.EINRICH ; STAHLAND CAMILLE G. wermuth. Wiley-VCH, 2002 [0099] • Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences. Mack Publishing Company, 1990, 1445 [0099] • Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 1977, vol. 66, 2-19 [0099] • THOMSEN MS et al. Curr. Pharm. Des., 2010, vol. 16, 323-343 [0104] • PENG ZZ et al. Zhonghua YiXue Yi Chuan Xue Za Zhi, 2008, vol. 25, 154-158 [0104] • MARTIN LF et al. Am. J. Med. Genet., B Neuropsy-chiatr. Genet., 2007, vol. 144B, 611-614 [0104] • MARTIN LF etal. Psychopharmacology (Berl), 2004, vol. 174, 54-64 [0104] • WILENS TE et al. Biochem. Pharmacol., 2007, vol. 74, 1212-1223 [0104] • VERBOIS SL et al. Neuropharmacology, 2003, vol. 44, 224-233 [0104] • SANBERG PR et al. Pharmacol. Then, 1997, vol. 74,21-25 [0104] • BENNOUNA M et al. Encephale, 2007, vol. 33, 616-620 [0104] • NORDBERG A et al. Neurotox. Res., 2000, vol. 2, 157-165 [0105] • HAYDAR SN et al. Bioorg. Med. Chem., 2009, vol. 17, 5247-5258 [0105] • DEUTSCH SI etal. Clin. Neuropharmacol., 2003, vol. 26,277-283 [0105] • ZHAO X et al. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 2001, vol. 939, 179-186 [0105] • PERRY E et al. Eur. J. Pharmacol., 2000, vol. 393, 215-222 [0105] • HARRINGTON CR et al. Dementia, 1994, vol. 5, 215-228 [0105] • WANG J et al. J. Neurosci. Res., 2010, vol. 88, 807-815 [0105] • DURIS K et al. Stroke, 2011, vol. 42 (12), 3530-6 [0105] • DONNELLY-ROBERTS DL et al. J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 1998, vol. 285, 777-786 [0107] • ROWLEY TJ et al. Br. J. Anaesth., 2010, vol. 105, 201-207 [0107] • BRUCHFELD A et al. J. Intern. Med., 2010, vol. 268, 94-101 [0107] • GIEBELEN ΙΑ T et al. Shock, 2007, vol. 27, 443-447 [0108] • PENA G et al. Eur. J. Immunol., 2010, vol. 40, 2580-2589 [0108] • Pharmaceutics and Pharmacy Practice. J.B. Lippin-cott Company, 1982, 238-250 [0113] • TOISSEL. ASHP Handbook on InjectabLe Drugs. 1986, 622-630 [0113] • Remington’s Pharmaceutical Science. Mack Publishing Company, 1985 [0122] • SZOKA et al. Ann. Rev. Biophys. Bioeng., 1980, vol. 9, 467 [0123] • Physicians’ Desk Reference. 2004 [0130] • WASSERMAN et al. Cancer, 1975, vol. 36, 1258-1268 [0130] • THOMSON PDR. Physicians’ Desk Reference. 2004 [0130] • Bioorganic Chemistry, 1994, vol. 22, 387-394 [0156] • J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans-1 .Organic and Bioorganic Chemistry (1972-1999), 1973, 1766-1770 [0214] • JCS Perkin Trans-1 .Organic and Bioorganic Chemistry (1972-1999), 1973, 1766-1770 [0225] • J. org. Chem., 2009, vol. 74 (2), 903-905 [0245] • Org. Lett., 2007, vol. 9 (25), 5191-5194 [0245] • Tetrahedron, 2006, vol. 62, 7902-7910 [0286] • J. Org. Chem., 2010, vol. 75, 3855-3858 [0286] [0318] • FAGHIH R. et al. J. Med. Chem., 2009, vol. 52, 3377-84 [0328]

Claims (6)

  1. Aeatmdaim! Igénypontok IC SlX: f Ifemsáis ssíé;r§<5s:κΐΐíííssííf^i o&amp; ^.yög^i^iísf silö^lssíé sőC
    0> #söj áss f iddvdxtrs 7. .» kovetkvrnk «kát alkotott csoportból vas klvisdvikva: -S··, Ό- ív Άΐ Rs>·; R* a ksdetkeeuk által alkuk»* cvopotíbál van kiválasztva: hidrogén. adott esetbeb sdtbstrdtoált alklk ádétí esethet* sztstsziituidt alkesnl, adott vsetbets saubsztityűH alkunk adott esetben situbstriSAstys eikloalklk adott esethcs* jeubssttiitsalf a*d. adott eotílx·:; sy.tsbsztstoák htderoatd. adott esetben sxubsailíbáll: heSetodklsu R* a kó*vtktst:dk által alkotott csoportból vast kiválasztva adott esetben &amp;otbs$s|oájt artL tsdoty s:|gfbe« síubsstilxtáh hetet oac*i. adott esetben vaubsztstuáR cikloatkd, adott esetben srtfbsad.lUíáll heterodhlii; R' s! következők áltat alkotott uopocthói vas; kiválásivá: bkirogeo. adott esetben ssubsisutdMi alksi adott «sósban szobarikisák alkonsl. adóst evesben szobsottitaálí ttlktoil, halogén, perhatonlksl, adott esetbe?* ssxhszSttuáfS: dkktaiksk ehtno. astro. tRKR'íM·. R^.V-O^íR’V, <R )tbS\<k αΛΜΙ»"* , κ"'»Η {. OV*JR' R *Μ)ΛΟ**; ιν.Α5·,ϊ> R?*ct>ov, R-' a kóvotkorok áltat alkotót* csoportból vas ksválasztva; adott esetben satubs^lMlf::^
    .t ádöR ebeiben ssrxtbvgiitítáll ashes*!!, adott eseílxtn -rubs rőt «ált sókká!, adott evetben szufesztstsíált cskks&amp;IhlL aduit ereiben .vubotituáil Ixteroesklih ahol srúadegyd, tfdolt esetben sxubsztkuált cikloatkil és adott esetben S2uKzritus# heteroe-iklsl adott esetben annyiak sav*. adott esetben áthidalt. (R?MRoN-, s:R'VN(OM*K és RA!-; |té'I.,, gdeoteso. ‘m'-tizer Antikok 'R5' ecuporí, nnndegytk R'' Rtogetleotd a kdvetker.dk által átkötöd csoportból vas* Kiválasztva· halogén, daoo, adott esetben firubstokoak alkik adok esetben sznbsaakuált alkémk adód esetben szuhsaftuáU tdklrót. adott esetben szsrbsríitüák heteroalkil. adott esetben sösbsztstuált c&amp;íoxIMik adott evetben xo.dvvomáii beterudklU. R'R't OK R'KOr, kV. íR:'>;V-'0)N(R'K (R?)fR\'d-. iR')(Rs)Ns.'('-':A: sNíRV'. aho! x* :;· o - 3; vag> két k' csoport ve a ar.c!xxvn;, asoelvher kapcsolódnak, egyik! agy adón esetben settbar.ísfin'IH Ká-utgú ecbrüs tenderen alkot. atneR adón evetben M heOroxknoioK'sopovt'oí tastainsaz a kOvcíK·? óh által alkotott csoportból klKhaadvu: -N-. -S-. t .*-, - C| O)· és €($>}, R' és R** tágedlend ts köveiker.dk astaí alhcstski csoportból van ksvskxAva: hidtugús*, R h.'„(~0)··, adott esvtSxts: •sröbaatltuült :dkií, adott esetben ?ntbmtuiaít tókensl, adott esv-ben seab.srastuait tdkitsd, adott esetben szubsatltnált eikloatksl, adud. esetben s/ubsr;itu.dt hvtcfodkns. adót* esetben szobrrtkstáit tssil <k. adott esetben isitubsatstnátt tseteroarll; vagy R' és R‘' vgyüst is/ea! s nstrcsgéntstossxnti!, atnelyhez ktsptssolődnak. '-HMsgá adntt sesetburs saisbsKtiUsált telsíeitádkeUetí íseterov-skKtsos gvliröt: tetsdeeert alkot, atnel* 1-3 !x;se.ro-3toínot;e.sopo*-!oí tMttksxsaa kövvtkoaök ábai tstkoto·* esoptSfUaSI kiválasztva: -S·. -N-. »f.k Ct "O)-- és A.'-g-Sl-, kko i:: ;R > I'i? és i R?: ifuggssfesisi a:®^«5*É áka! slfeítóíé sssgisRb&amp;l ;mm Rí:#fes^¥8Íéblíböiés5:< ο&amp;>ίί essfctt; szot'-sztituált alkH, adott esesbm szobs/tlíoált aíkesdk sdetí -«^1!' sztthszdRttMt aikiittlL adott esetteí mjésAídsitt IsRgttttíili,. séöb 8s®5lkísí ::8^És:íbb:á!t sssébes adott esetei szobszttttjált clkksaikil es ártott esetbe» taaabszttto&amp;U hirtei-odfetíR A: r; kttSittteék illőd alkottat cseportbéd vasa \sva:;ss,rtva. O itt S; R"' % kővetkezők által ab «tett stopon oól vart kivád&amp;sztva: adoi-tt saste-i sztteéRíuáli aík&amp; -adott esetbe» •s-nRtszbttíilt idkentt. adott esetben smb-ortim-ii· askdii, adott í^tRseís smb$*Htúsit bpeiOaiküs adott esetbep s^ttssrtimátt »ríl, a-iot; íc-.-..'th<i! srttbsmttáh beter.xjríl, adott esasbeo szíibsrtttiiák sÉlbidkkl és adott esete*· mjlteíttsltt MüemokH!: tthok m „jídott esetbe»: s2ébs?ttRs«l:í: altdF kl&amp;|esd otpo alkÍI«tts»|>esftob::j«te, a5»e|? sstedRodkllat^ vagy s:»9bsölóiá1va ::va!^ írtí s?tthsztii«ertssel a következik: áitsléálidssottt ostt|tt«tlséí tttggdtell Mváte^'va:A**% balogé;;, oboa, sia»o atd hotoroartk en.;o>bksÍt K!ö'SfJy-, R,0A\ R^OCtt-'-CH··, R!íí.'(~öKk |R: 'xíilNCk-OK tK!l>Xs!kí!)NCí~0)-. K!"'( ÍK!M!I\ ί«.*®ΧΗ)Μ-, (R^HjNRX^A^O#· és ixi Rak l\Cs \'N| sa j?«doö esetbe» szabszi boáit' alkettPsÍÍ^«sÍs:íbj^vb!k:e8ll4exöpiE^ Jek»**; 8«*φ· s?AíltóítttábdkaK-sa^: saol-siíúoiálvs vaj-i s-b «/Αζ0(«»ηδΜ:'Χ·^^^·«3^·'''#^8ΐ:Λθίο«:'.β5*φΘ^^. ^pefclettöl Mváiasrtvs: »m balogé», sttbtt, íias;!, si tt, betértek cMwfcit, R"·»^ RwA*-s Ri!*OCiK))>·, R**Ct»0KK (R^H)NC{«Üb ;R! te I ,''V , <« , K A 5, d'\aii x td ' '<HÍ\ íR!í)Cs!ktRN-. (R^Htectetek- és a^ö}(;íiké'9N<.'i/-A:}N{iI}·: az „adott esetbe» szuhsztitaált alk&amp;»isi'Mfejig*bs öl^?^ÍteÍbes<i^#t|pfeC vagy saobsattttíaívij va» i-6 ssobsartiaettsael a kővstksiídk: iksl alkötttti OSöRoíttKfi Rígpdettsd kkáiasziv&amp;tt öx»g balogé», amo, osmm, ΟΌ vifKOíü okv>,mÍ R 'No .. R Λ R v'Os'< OV. léte» Ob> ^R'slONt «'» , <Β**ΑίΙ*Κ'(-0)··, K;^tes}NiHy·, <RwKH}Nk m^trfkiDN-, m!í>Kkf}N€(te!dAHk és: (RR!Raik!ONC(--A^^XHV: az „adott csíttboo szabsattioaít boser«alfcd,v kifejo^s oiyatt betettjatisRosotttsrfei: jeío»tt amely ssSíbszítMUétla»· vagy b/uh**iiHKil\a van I -<> szobs^tstoenssel akÖvetks#k#tttb aiköbM csoportból ffiggeSiettölMválaszivs: osot balogért, mtro. ; tartó, artk betemeti! és dktealRd; az „adott esetbe» sxobsztttaátt s:>k!oaSkss:í! kifejezés ttiyítts oíkktttikiS^op-íítoí jelm, amely szabssttíMlatlstt vagy szAtbsztUoAiva va« \ -o szobsetíöteossel"» kövoíksgék áRkl alkittott csopoítbéi fbg^íieoRl kRAlaszívaí aa% ttalogéttt ottso. :Sa»o. axík ttetm>a>:ik alkd, alk^ntt R őst *R' aW R' k F t>' íR'"kSR\<\ Ok (R;sKaiki!>MC«>í-s R'Vt-OÍKíHV, {R^H.íM-·, {R^KsJklIífi-. !Ru\HsKa--Ah\'sH)· oí< R^koAikSSi"A:)R(m·. Magadott esdi®» ^ylnzusuált atsP -yféjezés 4'Ö ö|ya« arík«sopötttt· jeíeot, nmfy a^fesaílíttliatlan vagy saMl5S2J!tuklvs van }-3 se-sbsoti sav ássd a kővetkez^iJiMitetíMt csoportból RjggeíteitÖl ksMlasrtvs: balogé, 'ótt-o csa»o, hsdroes. C ;-i., aík«k k\ 5.\ alkeo'k í.';'k\ aikioil, t vk etisbvsjksk s'< perhatoalkd, aíkik<>v: alkCTtil-Ο-, alklaii-O·, p'.ohaksdktt-O^ akd-Nlalkil)·-. alkii N(HK H:N-% aikü-SCrt·· |.whalosttkll-SOr alkll· Ce<).séRalki)K alkíl-Ci xANíük alkö-NCalkma-Ob,. aJkd*N{HKrí OK IRNf.V<>)-. atkb-N(alkM)SOc-. íiktt-HíiRRí V< lAAé* A- ^tt-iAgu bet^'St «kítts aí:x K í -é betertMtOíoof tartakitov 3 kövrtks'ío^ skoi oiks'K·--; csoportból kiválasztva: Ni, O és B, ahol a >t>-tagö hetecedkltts sikít? esetben sKcds/.titváivu van- aik·;, alkattd, nlktntl, vagy ;bkü'Cb'<)}· csoporttal, vagy mj a senbsítistítilt vagy szwbseiiutalatlan artl-györd adott esethet? fuzionálva van otkloalkán gyúróval vagy hctefodüas gyárit vek. sptely 1 ~'i heteroalomot tamltéM a következők é\ta\ alkuid csoportból fcjvói»srt\a. S, (X N\ agy kötésén keresztéi ahol a oftdoalkán győrú vagy hetmeiUos gyűrő adott esetben szttbsztnwálva vsa osto, aMl,-aikeoil¥-a.lkl»U vagy alk^-C<K>X csoporttal; az , adott bribes s^ővotcdll betelitkhl k'teie*0\ (0 ply*» .heterttétkhK'deal swnzK srabsztttéálnshtr vagy szuhszíttiiálví* van gy hitbeli szétustötnokotí 1-6 szobszlitoetmel a következtét állat alkotott csoportból forec-stentil klvaiazzou: oko balogon. tétre, -eleték oni, hereroasst, cdklt, síkéről, stklnik RU1AS R ii!sOC("1,í!-, R”:V{"0)ü-, arXH^Ct 0>, (R':X*lkií>NC{OK R,ö*f'i”0>NlMK f!IÍv t ' , kő'N <K X k,t, N)\«(l ν', ,R( *d »\0) UMü ivi bstcivk«kbU'SCfo-í k<'0 szab$i$*tatév&amp; &amp; gytitűbeli ntuogdiatomtohjoft egv vagy több szabsztéuenssrf a kővetkezők áltál: alkotott csoportból kiválaszt v a: bftvroattl, nlkik elkenik «Hanti. R^C^ON Ri0Nör, R!*t>i::<-Qk (R^H)NC{"OK tiO^RalfciDNO. *OK 6? a»'»! szub,v.tttéál-aksnul vagy szübsdttéálva 3v3 .áltál sikelortpoportbői XlváksssSvts· bsloglbpalkik atketélyalklsil, dSítoVúgyitértí; ez ..adott eaetNo? zíuhszőtuáb hvteroaril" kífvjetés olyan b«t<fifbatlÍlt«s»b^Í>ítt>t jelent» :amelyc^bsz$ltéi&amp;itai vagy aaabsxtttttárta t&amp;n M szubaztltéetmd ts kővetkezők által U'ltó^C:«íSEpM*bö1-"í®^btle«IR· halogén, nibo. ctaoo, htriroM. C.-C* alkik 0>A\ siketét, CrC* alktsik CA ciMoatkil, C>€« perhslmlkil,. „őkit 11 , aiheuó ! “ ,s kn 'i O p-okstoálkortK aík?bK{«lkdK alkskMtHb, H>N>, alktPRt?" perhalodksbSUo aíkit-£X»Ü)N{ntkHK s* t k íi - Cl 0 ,r N{ í í>-, ' kő \<ah,dA\ tó alkílVIKX tó, ΗΛν * OK ,dkű ΝχοΙΙοΙΝΟ , «Iko XtihM'í η„Ν$\Χ, k 'όβΐΊ hetejoo*du\ atoeK 12 hetervtéomöt -.bmaimsas a következők által alkotott csoportból kiválásaivá Ni, O és S< iiltéit öeiemeiMus adott esetben pbfesÉítkáiíva vsa I 4 */*ibs/3due«svs.'i,»köwtkezdk att&amp;l dkotottczoponbté kmrtssnva· sdkst elkenik alklssk vagy:aiktbc\ UV,· , t>dc\ in vtv.lN(a, < It s t* »y,,íg'0''d<)Oaós^'ík>teteai\s>o<'fí s stm tsodsaert jeldstpamsiy sa.ttbt5titittktlaiii»i vagy si'.tsbsxtlttjdtva v«a l-a saiibsatlbtastsssl s kővetkezők áltsl slkotott ésttpöttbói ktvőktsztva v\o balogén «'tlto, »>,í'Kí, ,nl, i-etoovOi, akti. ídkenó, alktnk R \X t>o R* NO", R' V , R'S\K\ Ot R OXk, (k! kiitbi ( tyt,Ot*''xaiki!)St't ttt,R,s'X( st>NgHK(RiCXHtV íR'OgpkjRb-, < R NíH }NC( --A' )bi(i I b és (« ^VtilkiDNCt-A5 NÍÍ-iV; s ,,,1‘iO-tagú adott «aeti>e» szttbaatitoák teiaettíteRtéRen"; :mAsat;?' t&amp;·. XUN-tagd: teiitett/tebtstieo beterodkl-asos gy^t|i:sciptík?jer:s?,u^d:iíbáldÖ^t· vagy Nzultazíjidálva van 1--3 sattbs/íIfuetssNl ;t kövc-ikezök által alkotott csc-poítlKsI ktváksalva ovo, balogén, t-úro, üstso, ttrik beteroani, aikd, aiketíik aRiod RwXT*0)-, R'^SO; , IRXNN·, R!ísC?t:i-0}-t R!<íil{-OX,X, (R^K^NOf'Ú)-; íR^Xaikü.sNCi cd RNO, (X'XoH! ,>k 'síRN vR!\aUdí\ Ót óibsNt, S ΊΝίΗΐ ev s,R "Itn^ííNl rA 'N*HK <d'ol R ikv kovk 3 t dsood ssop>vOo s,v koadts-Hi btdux,»' tk.l, i!K,nsl alxt d, v betarottril; nkktaíkb vagc Is-ivfv^tkbi, í»R!'! a μήétkezők alktl at'rotots v'~oponbol c,at ktvaíavztsa slksl. aíusol, atkobi oetkísloalksl atii boSsoatd dkloalklt vagy heserocikbi 3 Az I. tgönvpont ν/τΊ«ίι I kopkttt soyUttes, tatkotner Rímá%::sztPreítlzosnei|eiás gyógylszalllsg eíkptdbstö: voi, ahol Rp a k-bvetkaabk által alkotott csoportba! van kiválasztva, hidrogén, adott esetbest szóbsztlisái alkil Jk: tR’XR^M-.
  2. 3. Az 1--2. igénypontok bánneiylko szsa'bsti 1 képlitu vegyülat, ístotomer tormái, r^ertxizottserjst Is gybgyáassPikig oltogadhssté x<l>, ahol R' a kővetkezők álsal alkotott psoposlfcéi vas? kiváksÁvs; sadott fölben sm>saftíoá!t Mksi, adott essÉsm szubsgtittssilt lasteroáklll, ífA*-, {R'XR^N- Is (RJ}HtöKV> elbnyösebhess a klvótkigök lltsf alkotott miponbál va« kivafasAvsk mgslt, etil, s-pr<5pfb mi*m% Siftkt dfiiölÉölbö, -Ή* j5^st0SÍ2k-m<askaisUn(RHR2-!ikÍr<!xigkRvNi>r<jpik»snk«>>»í:tkjI«!’skfKB««ki és pfperkSisbl. 1, $m i-JL tgéstypontek ItÉ^lyM μμΜ Γ képlitö vegyidet, taatomer fonnák \7ierctoko«mJín Is a következők áltat alkotott csontból vast Uv&amp;asrtva; bidnigM,: sMkv^i^ö:.: :«xwtei^R %aíi%: 'vágy: R* ki R:: egybtt azzal a mtroginsttommak amelybe* kapcsolódnak, MÖAsgd: adott eseiW8383^^iíélí:'!)!e|«s«AeHfg5k'ri bctetucikliteot vgürL· tendszett alkot, ascdy t-3 áBál ·*$ν··ΊΗ. Ό** «· 0 Ον ki -coo>·.
    2. Ax ' J*4. mlnypomoR bsnwdylka ssinotl I képlete vegyelek tádiötbéi RRfbák Is ywysavzan »c g'RígOfk\í (. v col 'ívnek;'»-! ' \ >λ ' v 2' a ?>dv,'tkí.zbk '*0' h^iin^'Niki- ''i tcv , ívik'1 v \ »»ví>k οΛ '{k <. > > wopm A s tg R' <^vüU az O a szmmmtmi. f;i‘';vfa ksgssolddsndi. egy adok esetben .vubsztiUtáli S- vngy f>-t;%;j győrit» rendszer; alkok amely Adott kiesben 1·4· lidetxHkoiootosoporfot fenain-ót? a követ ke*6k áhid alkotok csoportból kiválasztva. -M-, ..i-RyRCX, - C('<n- is -Ci-'-'S)··. 6 Az 1-5. a-inypontok barmiiyiko szirsdd i képkbk yegySlsl, jgtiinbkk isímák píarcoi^onívtj# # gyngyávaatllag elfogadható' sói, alsói tn értéke Ö, I vagy 2, € R · &amp; következők közöl varénak) kivákísatva: Isiatít csoport vagy pspportok vagy-k## ksirboetklost alkot-
  3. 7. Az 1-6. igénypontok bármelyike színod 1 képiül! vegyidet, tautomer Ionnál sxSereoizontocjei ói :gp^^llag#l%8áí«M^ kbot IIs a bifopn Is « Rögül «kis válaM, 1 Az Μ. Igársyposkok bármelyike színod 1 képietfe vegyidet, sauts>05«r llmnáb igtvívoiaoraofjes ki pögyis:aatikig alii^dkalb sös, abst R' a klvatkegök lkai alkosost cssíporlbskl vad Rivdtkk^ysd hidrogéOv adóit ssstbös ssobsatbissR alkil Is |R?XRÍpl'; R5 a kdvetfc^ dllllalkoiöít osopOrtbpi van klválaaAva: adott esetben sanbsgíitoált aiMR átte viesbej; s^absibváb «nicroaiklil. It'A1-, {RARRIÖbf- ös fR'.í.NcOR5')'; R- t% R-'1 iiggeíkksiti a kövtkiseklik áltálsikbioit «soppttidl van ikibábiáktva: hidsogöp aiOtt Aietbaa aíjdk vagy R^ Ik R^ agyit aggal a íbirogbsíátORVmsk atssályhag ksspcijolddíi&amp;k. k-lO-s&amp;gk adott ssaiRea ssobsatiksalt ídltvRdobtatlvö beteitialkiasas gyötis readsKbA aSkbb akkíly 1-3 helejp^tompi/csoíxrrtot tartabsíaa a kövoíkagök áltál alkotott aapportlKsí kMlimkm· ^ Is sb #f»e 0, t vagy X ás R< a köveskssik lösll v&amp;öitsak) fckálasásss íaáotl^stbstó.ssxnbsm^sU· álkll:ri^oj^rt::>?agy bsopiMtok vagy kei ΙΓ bgyölt asaal a saitístosnstsak asaliykeg kapasoliíkafe egy adóit ea«tbblt sgdb^sRsílk S- vagy 6·tagú györos ressdsaeA Üköt. amsly «doftíeselbeít :14 b^aptotno^csopt# tsnalspSk a keikegök áhsl gksMl osaptntból khálaaáíya: -A- <CK :v 0-0)- Is 8k a köviikgiíbk bltsl alksRblt esdpöMi m^lMfasatmb:-bsdty>géA Is sglolt íísetbssn agstbs Abttáit Jtkt!.
  4. 9. Ág 1-3. Igéin-poBtok bármelyike saarípti 1: ypíii^ s# gyógyskaatilag ellovadhasó sAl. als»d R* sí kövalkekők M® kikötött ;W«dÍ kididil. N-mestHaoüüiold, boa^odjraod, pipenomik k-i4-tksoríbnll)pitHíns.mil nsysfoSiaik ltxlplii>ik 2· oxoindoHníl, 2,3-dibidtobesvolbil i .Aidioxmil, bem^irmil Is lenif adott esetben s.tubs?tlissdlvss 1-3 f^ijlfcxtíhiee**?! a következek iisal «Ikftiott csoporttól kiválaszlvs. hab, eikkspfopii. triíluormeiil, metoxs. etoxí, tésfktös-srseiox k metsi. étik dnneüiaxoisx*. atonomet Mambó, te«:*butü ás 4--meiilpipera£trtH; RJ a következőkállat alkoiott csoportból vaa kiválasztó i h k^' u k-\ as> *' *s vb ds'tntx « hmI Ό í L'\mv Λ il } 3 vMí (H'po f V \>!U. hl i' V >tSl Ο i"\gí! 'fete's, ve"' it tSV'itónotO, V^etOM *4 StSét «íift N42-issdsms eiiii-N-ptopii asssisus, aeeítiaminomerti és pipersdsbi; R* és R* függetlenül a kővetkezők állal alkotott" csoportból vanoak kiválásaivá: hidrogén. metH, vajé· R' és R!í együtt azzal a ttj«ogé«atoib8b|». Imelyhez kspesekvdfsíik. piperédéi gydríM alkotnak: m értéke 0, I vagy 2, és R* a következők közül vön kiválaszt*,»· metM ^oportoi, v.rgy két Rs egytm azzal a .sáérnítansnal amelyhez. kapcssstódnak, ö-lagrV kííMxsvRkiíe alkot: e* R* <s kővetkezők ssllai alkotott issöpsííttói vast kiválasztva: hidrogén, roelii, e.t»i és cikioprópihíxSik ! ö. :á*' i*f,. Igénypontok Mimet vike- "szetlii I: iképlett vepiÉtó|: Rohmer ^tanát» :s^í^í^sí»gt|öí:;:is: gy<vpyávzatMi«j. elfogadhat»» sós tikét Rf &amp; tövtsált^iyá&amp;i'alkotó -«soporlMI 2> kietK-íiik 34dérfenM, 4,fluarf«!nit. 4'«iklopi^^Miix. 4--Mtíuonr5étrtttóM, d^sseíosdtessil, 4-eiöxslssíih -3·· ettm&amp;eii' 4-tofil. 4-ttíre-htmt férni, 4-<lb»etilató*tóki|. itiiüortéali, festi, 4-eiilfetól;. 3,4xtiklöfitó!Í &amp;.4-dsklesk, d 2 i*l'uo k '1 x »1 ot v»' ' ot 4 ,m.to\s* o p petaziss*i dk .4*^fls®^eíöl^í|3«ía?imij. mökfolsmk pinda>4'ü« pmdin-d'li. íafaa-3>il. l/MfSíioi-5*si, {,rtretii«(éHndohS-il,Msz«fut»rt*á*ík RsdoíiP-íMi, 4^Íéjrm-iilpipcmzmy« I 'ii ffenil év 2J'd;ls;drotónz«j'öj| [;4}dx3xsP'&amp;·-;!}.
  5. 11, Az 1-1:0, lgiÉt^pi.Íö:fe!; fetóteiytM.....ssrftó t káftóil vegyitóg tóítóer «ÉtaetóM»e£|ei # gyógyászat Maiz elfogad! iat»> vei, ahol Z jelentésié S,
  6. 12. Az Mi. igést ypwtok bát»s?elyihe szerinti 1 képietü vegyüle», taatomer: fotseái| 'ssdetóMsneit|ei:: A -gyógsöszötili!?··; eifogsídhatö *.öi, ahol s vegyüld a kővetkezők által alkotott csoporttól vattflváláSitíva: é-ts.i.f.klitsfesiill-deiíei'.ké-giffpsesfíiiiok'íi-'diítóstzolvsKxlfött&amp;isiíl; 4 ·*>«;>· k k>t tfeniH-toetfl · 2'ptopíOíoittoteR -14Ídx?8ZökszPÍ:isostsid: 4-(3-(.14, iötfaöMM-mvtsi-^-proptoxMtioR'R-t'tDIx-tíZofea^Ulftemidt 4.{,'., 4, R xortbotVá ««xrt ' e .»psv''»Mtx«t»'»» > ; tvozoirszailtosamsd^ 4,(^.^4«e>kh^aopfltbtM' 4 »'«ctrt.' όρ·ο»«Μ okό V*1stón&amp;otótótóatnidf 4,(4.xoe|ilO |*up»nn»kM4 tüitlaorofeíihteaintsoléft^TíiDtóRZPtóztilÉtnaaaild; 44(^(4^0108^011)^-^0^1^.^^1)8^1.1^0188(^34111)00801--880110381-61¾ 4 .t .s .<4. «.lövi feoxi )-4-«K-t sl-2· props ooMttőfeö-3 ’il)bcnzol-s?.«lfenamldt 4-(Ί-πκΡίΙ-2-- propieis.il-->-i4-(tntlamrsx'-osi Uemlitiofe' >-41) bciszokszuifessssStki; 4H4'm«lsl'-2-pss5pi;fíSfi--,>;4-íi.i5ÍiíSÍi)k-si-.ksl!lxöfí':>l--SiítsltósaiSfSd; 4“(5*{44'<«f« - kot is >fer(M<-4"SfsetM-2--pfv!pk>iS(lt ioksss-öőlttóísztíksztsI&amp;ísisöSiá; 4-p(s pi-dtóehlsssfíüstflk s'-ts t í'f,'J ' psepfSfissltíötefi-4-J)Vxzel-í -'otó sastttiip <' ft sós ti list's r-me-si p ,ρκ 'sl k\tt'bei«sohvoíl(ma8tsd: 4 •(d-jiseSskS-'íeisil-'-pPspiessikksíVís-.i-Π stieitzoS-sz-oitetisristk 4.(^.í'3.ígíxMefSfi)-4-met5Í'.:-p!'op'O5iSitsot:?3-3-*'.i)tó«JK)i-SKUifi'»fiamisi: 4·(>·<4*ϋ}1 sens! í-4 -sts«itl*2'}>wpso:isUtofen--3'il)berj*öf»iS2ü:tea»ld't 4 -(5 *{3,4v(hk löt fetsu t~4 'meísl-.:-ps»piORilt!ofs»v-4 -sltbetsaöi'vS/ssifixsatód··. 4-{5-t.?,4-dti>lérfetsü)"4-«K:t«l-.?-pr'.H«oasltsofeii--.<-d}i5<;sstói--s.-xdlb(iifssfid; Η ς 4~ditbk'! tVníi b-4- ndib ' pmfn>!:4$«4ífss- ' -22\'ϊ)<Υ4·\/v4b4iíi;íV<i 4-4 {S8íí^S?pií5|5«5r!!Üki€ín-'3 -4} bííííS<5ks^lf<3S8S5Í!íi; 4- 44-mebÍ-S-|pÍ|í^szfe^ b-d>2--pí<^k>mbk>íV:3 - $ - íi)ba>j»s-xadüassmsd; 4^$-^4..(4.-^y05^jjy)pí|^.g4^|.4^i5^edb2-j>fí^ii>(3ÍksolbíF4;4l}bis:fi^P^sxa!is8smsd; 4^-metii-S-?mírS3Hi3^2ip«|dfössdrbsfe?)e4i)bSi3SöbsKisjibí}:8ssK!; 4K4*metiÍ42“p{»^ii^lÍbS^!^Í8>”4-U^K»te«-5“tí|teKé!«iÍtm«íiá;· 4'44'i*««iii-2-pm^M!M^irlám-3"H^k«8öv3-dl|te888Ís«il6mtS{á;·, 4^S·(¾ra53^3·dlM>m«dt¾>pΛ^k}?iHb¾bkϊ^24i}teH)^s^34b^3yi;: 444;<íi/·4!·κk4"5d0·'4'«s<;S:^4^propk;r44^3f«ι·t·':^4^b«βy:o^$*H^^:>·íS53;i·^kl; 4..(4~meík-54 i-mety'S//'Í3Ss4d'54íh2vpmpk>rúíbc4efb:i4Dben:í'oi-§i'uHí>nss»Hd; 3 í ^ í,;fni4is-; * «η 4 «sub > bi^ís'is 5 uMh'swí so>lnmm'M| 4<5-<4~k1órfe}\U)-2i«opbftiUlofe«-3-Híbs^bs-2«|ÍÉ»rfj 4.<5-(4..K;|<a'fentd^44<Hm«H8m}RöV2-psftp!p»ftfefc^:t!)^8»e1^IÉ!^m8%. * (s |.,K >br- * -i hi \ iWiOüfíc? 4 > \pt>{>3f >b 3 ^ -4 \-)*Λ! 5{4-4?ódk{bb^v^kV,44rb3K'bb-2-44^uH2iím34rí?d0bübírsí'2'-ksfíí3>S3smíd; 5d4-kbf^öil)-tV-niíío>ii".V-4-di?sictd'i“<4-wisifsm4Ííiíml>íi*jVne“k>-k^osa{njd; 5- <4-ίΰόίί5ίίη^Λ;·(24ικ1?οχί«ί{/>··ν«3«·ΐ{|·Λ'*ρΓομιΙ*?»Η·.'»0Η«5«οα fend)tK>feH«2 -karboxamkl 4-4 ?-{4-kk'rf«öis M-metü-2-«p«per«ibí·- i -kcsrl^nU # jofer.\}· H) bemt^*mdfonar*:3d, d-íS-íd-kíork'ttib-^-mtítU-S-pfopioíSíhinfcr^S-ii ι··2·«ϊ«·ϊ3^ί?«?.ο!·ν3:«Ι}οηί4ίΗί;ί: mdll2--íi!eí?s--3-(2-3!Nob4v;í;3-S“b>0--b4--i«dfo5Siobfenilk:3ibm-2'kíife5<:íMí|: etil •Vmeti^5K2*oxoisc!olm*5''ih-2'(‘l^<f»U^n<»iM«»jl)íioiVn'‘2*iöS^bxÖS:^. '-M^m®ti}*5-^4'm<-ul3minolVnOV2»prupk>njKwíen'Vint3e«íoi'^átídÍömal^|:: 4NS-44-kmífeöÍI.5 JimtUsO-proplonilí iofen-2 - Π (-N.N-íhmtf Dt»öMKsaáfe»ínid4 445'{4--k4bffsndj4t--mc'íd'-3'pix>j3!of4hsi>rer-'3'[b-'N'3nödrr'Cn.-x0í^S4íkfb^a3'45i4; I -<Si<4^feí^r^ö0444 3h í4 (isgperíeIísí. ? -B 4 S' il)pri^?íí3^ 1 »5?; ^544-klorfemlvl :445^4*kbrfend^·l·ed^^P^^Φ^Mí¾¾fδ^;¾lSsϊnϊ¾^S;m^msm5^’ 5«í4-kí6rfeni].í-; •(c&amp;löpí^ymc4i(M-m<4d-2d>K*ps«>$'dH '^S-^-kbrk-aUHJ-nicid^-prap^ikUf-pifr-ol^-y) :4-i5-t4*f?í:í>ri?ísií >-i ,4-dfe«.$ ü O-profnom!» í jfrtiwwök^&amp;wwatfrt 4-o-(4 -mms Hfend}· i ,4--dsm«uk2*pr(^>ban»I / {-phTok-kd) kersmkmdiössmdíb k-Cbhutirb .<-(4- kíórfetid) •í-d-íÉiji^íd AHpirto\ '3·· í|) &amp;^sd^b4fom?«(d; 4--(5 -(5.4 •díkléxfeíjlH}· * .d-'ibSTKíib- 3*pí<:p}ORÍ5- ! #/>pkn>k&amp;4!l: S44íS4S^bS^83kí?3s(8ÖíÍj «Η5*<,2 jNHhkto)b«n4«4}>)lMUIíóx·'* ** «1» * t U» uettl ' ρύ,οό! \K r »*ot \ ki i"'o "i -x iksnanttd; Bili j^iíiiÍska'l^i^iiö^SiiSftetocÖáíi.és. 5-(4->||&amp;f3^sB>>3'<4^ufft!í5©3^nü)fb?&amp;u O-kíirboxMíB. 13, ®yé$$ámt\ -fe&amp;ífeifey·;. .:βι»«Κ 1-12. igénypontok l-^mcK =ke vAxst-t! vogyöiofet *< a> ogyákaatHag :14, As I. igény ptou oosnoti vagyok: sikoson-ssa résaiogoAn vagy kíjoson nikobs- ssoltikobn ; «xptorok áltat lóívetfceti bvtsg.kg vagy tunatvi vagy {vopiiionetsvég oigetósésóít· vagy koaolosét'e? yasdgsks gyógyssst sy&amp;ttösáíá. aá»i .¾ R'tKlelleBftsvóg vagy „\itape< vagy bctvg-Rg a ktsvviu\?t>k által vilkoton csoportból van kiválás Aw AühcÍnatr-kór, eayh*· kognitív romlás, "időskori cfemcncia, vas?kuJte-Jáissteneia, lb*rirföson-kor, jigvok-tnhiótsyov tendclk-nrsaóg. bgyaktnidanyos hiporiikiiv itass. Hiodcikusesoágp társított LavvyHastíkkítl kupesokuoa tkenoocsa, AIDS dtontsncla kotnpk'A tovk-lvregvég. bKtvvo-kótraí; ISsapesokoos deísmicia, Íiitstttirigtoo'köí, trsuntás sy.ysés'oksssí kapcsolatos kognitív dítVtt, «átokkal kapcatititos kogsottv hanyatlás, s/trók m<ku n-niropíotí-kuó. sktao&amp;vnmvaS járó kogn-by es szenzmnofnaps kaptotáv; ekl'icis. bipolark reraklkTsc^scggd járó kognitív deslcp oapx-iwíoval leapt soiaros kognitív g&amp;v&amp;g akut ílikloknn posAoperat-v lápaioot, krónikus tápaksn, gyulladás gvnlkdávos tapatons, ovotonátiás tojdakino dohányon. abbahagyása, gtogyogynítts unva -.abksegí·;. s\j vorodésn-svöv-Aodés bórgrctftuk,. vasakoiarizáclója és kontigéshten-y ötén SssSksóges új vsívdsoy-üőviikok"b-pcts gy kiadás, eoinoás iíüiotl gyulladás. pvaoeiáxls, (.rohn-boísgwg. Ibkolyw vaslaglsvlgy uttadis pouchitis, gyulladásos tkibokgcág. codiakla, ptsiodontpva, S'íttrteklésfei fearnyáhnirigy ·-&amp;ullnóás. átaileiott *<«?rv kilóioxkko, sservátd kötess®! k&amp;pcsola&amp;ss atet ímnmbék^gi ^otvátültetíAsvl kapcsolton.1 krónikus intssnotbsdogség, vscpíikos sokk, toxikus sokk sertsPsónsa, sstopsaas ss isdrilsnov isptsásáto: fe tsntnss csigolyagyóíSdás. SS. 4/ ? Igénypont ssuítPb vcgyökp résglegcsoo vagy teljesen nikotin acetilkolin receptorok által közvetített betegség vagy tünetet vagy reodeikoes&amp;tg megelőzésében vagy kezelésében történő Pkalrnszésta, ahol a remleilesvesség vagy állapot vagy betegség a következők által alkotott csoportba von kiválasztva: Alzheimer-· kór, enyhe kognitív mártás, időskori dejoeocia, vaszkttíáris demeocla, P«rkinsos-kőr, figyekooltláoyov kipídttikltást ruoílal bstssség, társkotkíx; tvystesfckkak kapcsolatos dasosoo% AiDS dsmetKÖtí kontples, Piok-bstogvég. [kovo-kórtai kspcssfetos detnouotSi luotmgtooskén Paumás agyvérölósvd kapcsobuov kogtíltsv dstieit, .saoókkal kapcsolatéi kogeeitiv kapyatlass sArók aíáeb ooartJpAtiákelö> sklkoóiesdval járó kogoióy és sxeots»sto«oAi -kápa^si^fiejliM^olirfeírstótoess^ggol ját» koistitlv doiloik dup^s^éval-^a^ttossflp^iiívs^av^ tskm kpdaloot. ksrtttlkus lipate, gytiliadás, eyoikdávess Ipilaieeo, nsnetípátláv ib|<laloot: eMeáttyaás al>babagyása; ssbgyógyalás otáo sabkséges p vár«d<-oy-aOvokedéss líorgratlok vasáfebteiafetója is karlpgasbiay olio ssöiaágas áj vátvdóoy- petsshlÍA gyilladásos: bal»gvóg, codiakp, :patkPoatitte; saarkoldoais, b8sssyálmirtgy-gyej|]adás; átökolaM sssrv klIókékRssy. $asrvÉÍÍ«óssol kitpasPátos okot Immonbatagség, .............................. króniksts iiísoíiOibotagség, saopiik-as sokk, tosskus sokk saitPróma, saepsais saiodröitoy daprassaló és taosis esigoiyagyuiladás
HUE12709965A 2011-02-23 2012-02-22 Heteroaril származékok mint Alfa7 NACHR modulátorok HUE030659T2 (hu)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
IN242KO2011 2011-02-23
IN1184KO2011 2011-09-09

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
HUE030659T2 true HUE030659T2 (hu) 2017-05-29

Family

ID=45873193

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
HUE12709965A HUE030659T2 (hu) 2011-02-23 2012-02-22 Heteroaril származékok mint Alfa7 NACHR modulátorok

Country Status (36)

Country Link
US (2) US9072731B2 (hu)
EP (1) EP2678327B9 (hu)
JP (1) JP6118270B2 (hu)
KR (1) KR20140026378A (hu)
CN (1) CN103402994B (hu)
AP (1) AP3649A (hu)
AU (1) AU2012221800B2 (hu)
BR (1) BR112013021602A2 (hu)
CA (1) CA2826792A1 (hu)
CL (1) CL2013002449A1 (hu)
CO (1) CO6761374A2 (hu)
CR (1) CR20130415A (hu)
CU (1) CU24177B1 (hu)
CY (1) CY1118107T1 (hu)
DK (1) DK2678327T3 (hu)
DO (1) DOP2013000191A (hu)
EA (1) EA024170B1 (hu)
EC (1) ECSP13012891A (hu)
ES (1) ES2594409T3 (hu)
GE (1) GEP20156318B (hu)
GT (1) GT201300207A (hu)
HR (1) HRP20161481T1 (hu)
HU (1) HUE030659T2 (hu)
IL (1) IL228052A (hu)
LT (1) LT2678327T (hu)
MA (1) MA34957B1 (hu)
MX (1) MX343788B (hu)
NI (1) NI201300072A (hu)
PE (1) PE20140703A1 (hu)
PL (1) PL2678327T3 (hu)
RS (1) RS55433B1 (hu)
SG (1) SG192625A1 (hu)
SI (1) SI2678327T1 (hu)
SM (1) SMT201600409B (hu)
WO (1) WO2012114285A1 (hu)
ZA (1) ZA201306223B (hu)

Families Citing this family (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
MA34957B1 (fr) 2011-02-23 2014-03-01 Lupin Ltd Derives heteroaryle a titre modulateurs des nachr alpha 7
US9388196B2 (en) 2012-03-06 2016-07-12 Lupin Limited Thiazole derivatives as alpha 7 nAChR modulators
EP4119564A1 (en) * 2012-09-28 2023-01-18 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Production method of thienopyrimidine derivative
WO2014072957A1 (en) 2012-11-12 2014-05-15 Lupin Limited Thiazole derivatives as alpha 7 nachr modulators
US9617211B2 (en) * 2013-01-16 2017-04-11 Lupin Limited Pyrrole derivatives as alpha 7 nAChR modulators
WO2014141091A1 (en) 2013-03-13 2014-09-18 Lupin Limited Pyrrole derivatives as alpha 7 nachr modulators
TW201446243A (zh) 2013-06-03 2014-12-16 Lupin Ltd 4-(5-(4-氯苯基)-2-(2-環丙基乙醯基)-1,4-二甲基-1氫-吡咯-3-基)苯磺醯胺作為α7尼古丁乙醯膽鹼受體調節劑
CA2913987A1 (en) 2013-06-17 2014-12-24 Lupin Limited Pyrrole derivatives as alpha 7 nachr modulators
JP6612874B2 (ja) 2014-12-16 2019-11-27 アクソファント サイエンシーズ ゲーエムベーハー α７−ニコチン性アセチルコリン受容体のアゴニストとしてのジェミナル置換キヌクリジンアミド化合物
MX2017016231A (es) 2015-06-10 2018-11-29 Axovant Sciences Gmbh Compuestos de aminobencisoxazol como agonistas de receptores a7-nicotínicos de acetilcolina.
US10428062B2 (en) 2015-08-12 2019-10-01 Axovant Sciences Gmbh Geminal substituted aminobenzisoxazole compounds as agonists of α7-nicotinic acetylcholine receptors
TN2018000322A1 (en) * 2016-03-22 2020-01-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Allosteric modulators of nicotinic acetylcholine receptors
WO2019236957A1 (en) * 2018-06-07 2019-12-12 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Prc1 inhibitors and methods of treatment therewith
PT3818051T (pt) 2018-07-05 2022-10-24 Bayer Ag Tiofenocarboxamidas substituídos e análogos como agentes antibacterianos
CA3145592A1 (en) 2019-07-03 2021-01-07 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Substituted thiophene carboxamides and derivatives thereof as microbicides
BR112022010735A2 (pt) 2019-12-20 2022-08-23 Bayer Ag Tiofeno carboxamidas substituídos, ácidos tiofeno carboxílicos e derivados dos mesmos

Family Cites Families (49)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3953596A (en) 1973-06-14 1976-04-27 Ici United States Inc. 8-Oxa-3-azabicyclo(3.2.1)octane analgesic compositions and method of alleviating pain in animals
US4235871A (en) 1978-02-24 1980-11-25 Papahadjopoulos Demetrios P Method of encapsulating biologically active materials in lipid vesicles
US4501728A (en) 1983-01-06 1985-02-26 Technology Unlimited, Inc. Masking of liposomes from RES recognition
US5019369A (en) 1984-10-22 1991-05-28 Vestar, Inc. Method of targeting tumors in humans
US4837028A (en) 1986-12-24 1989-06-06 Liposome Technology, Inc. Liposomes with enhanced circulation time
US5608082A (en) 1994-07-28 1997-03-04 Agouron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds useful as antiproliferative agents and GARFT inhibitors
EP1012142B1 (en) 1997-09-12 2004-08-11 Merck Frosst Canada &amp; Co. 2,3,5-trisubstituted pyridines as inhibitors of cyclooxygenase-2
EP1311505A2 (en) * 2000-08-21 2003-05-21 PHARMACIA &amp; UPJOHN COMPANY Quinuclidine-substituted heteroaryl moieties for treatment of disease ( nicotinic acetylcholine receptor ligands )
BR0307409A (pt) 2002-02-01 2004-12-28 Dainippon Pharmaceutical Co Compostos de hidrazida de ácido 2-furanocarboxìlico, composições farmacêuticas contendo os mesmos e uso dos mesmos para preparação de um agente preventivo ou terapêutico
US7202367B2 (en) 2002-05-31 2007-04-10 Rhodia Chimie Process for arylating or vinylating or alkynating a nucleophilic compound
SE0201938D0 (sv) 2002-06-20 2002-06-20 Astrazeneca Ab New process
DE10244810A1 (de) 2002-09-26 2004-04-08 Bayer Ag Neue Morpholin-überbrückte Indazolderivate
US7129235B2 (en) 2003-07-11 2006-10-31 Abbott Laboratories Amides useful for treating pain
US7442805B2 (en) 2003-09-25 2008-10-28 Wyeth Substituted sulfonamide-indoles
GB0403038D0 (en) 2004-02-11 2004-03-17 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
RU2006131454A (ru) 2004-03-29 2008-05-10 Ньюросерч А/С (DK) Новые производные мочевины и их медицинское применение
ITTO20040264A1 (it) 2004-04-28 2004-07-28 Rotta Res Lab Spa Nuovi derivati pirrolici ad attivita' angiotensina-ii antagonista
TW200621723A (en) 2004-09-09 2006-07-01 Chugai Pharmaceutical Co Ltd Novel imidazolidine derivative and use thereof
US20060142349A1 (en) 2004-12-23 2006-06-29 Pfizer Inc Methods of modulating the activities of alpha-7 nicotinic acetylcholine receptor
DE602006016926D1 (de) 2005-02-16 2010-10-28 Neurosearch As Neue diazabicyclische arylderivate und medizinische verwendung dafür
FR2885616B1 (fr) 2005-05-12 2007-06-22 Servier Lab Nouveaux derives de phenylpyridinylpiperazine, leur procede de preparation et les compositions pharmaceutiques qui les contiennent
EP1910328A1 (en) * 2005-06-29 2008-04-16 AstraZeneca AB Thiophene-2-carboxamide derivatives as alpha 7 nicotinic receptor modulators
CA2617788A1 (en) 2005-08-04 2007-02-15 Apogee Biotechnology Corporation Sphingosine kinase inhibitors and methods of their use
WO2007031440A2 (en) 2005-09-13 2007-03-22 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. 2-aniline-4-aryl substituted thiazole derivatives
ES2452031T3 (es) 2006-02-03 2014-03-31 Eli Lilly & Company Compuestos y procedimientos para modular receptores FX
EP1987029B1 (en) 2006-02-16 2010-01-13 Neurosearch A/S Enantiopure quinuclidinyloxy pyridazines and their use as nicotinic acetylcholine receptor ligands
JO3019B1 (ar) 2006-04-19 2016-09-05 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv ثلاثي مستبدل 4،2،1-ثلاثي زولات
US7683084B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2010-03-23 Abbott Laboratories Thiazoline and oxazoline derivatives and their methods of use
US7741364B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2010-06-22 Abbott Laboratories Pyrrole derivatives and their methods of use
US20100069347A1 (en) 2006-11-02 2010-03-18 Morriello Gregori J Heterocyclyl-substituted anti-hypercholesterolemic compounds
US20080287479A1 (en) 2006-12-20 2008-11-20 Pfizer Inc Inhibitors of serine palmitoyltransferase
EP2185529A1 (en) 2007-08-08 2010-05-19 NeuroSearch AS Novel 1,2,3-triazole derivatives useful as modulators of nicotinic acetylcholine receptors
GB0718735D0 (en) 2007-09-25 2007-11-07 Prolysis Ltd Antibacterial agents
CN101821246B (zh) 2007-10-04 2013-05-01 弗·哈夫曼-拉罗切有限公司 四唑取代的芳基酰胺衍生物及其用途
AU2008307195B2 (en) 2007-10-04 2012-11-22 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Cyclopropyl aryl amide derivatives and uses thereof
JO2784B1 (en) 2007-10-18 2014-03-15 شركة جانسين فارماسوتيكا ان. في 5,3,1 - Triazole substitute derivative
KR101564303B1 (ko) 2008-03-19 2015-11-06 얀센 파마슈티카 엔.브이. 니코틴성 아세틸콜린 수용체 조절제로서의 삼치환된 1,2,4-트리아졸
US7786171B2 (en) 2008-04-04 2010-08-31 Abbott Laboratories Amide derivatives as positive allosteric modulators and methods of use thereof
EP2279183B1 (en) 2008-04-17 2012-08-08 Proximagen Limited Indoles as modulators of nicoticic acetylcholine receptor subtype alpha-7
CL2009001125A1 (es) 2008-05-09 2011-02-11 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Compuestos derivados de pirazol trisustituido, moduladores alostericos positivos de los receptores ach nicotinicos; composicion farmaceutica que los comprende; proceso de preparacion de la composicion; y su uso en el tratamiento de enfermedades de snc o inflamatorias.
EP2387575B1 (en) 2009-01-15 2013-09-04 Anvyl, LLC Alpha7 nicotinic acetylcholine receptor allosteric modulators, their derivatives and uses thereof
WO2010120854A1 (en) 2009-04-15 2010-10-21 Glaxosmithkline Llc Chemical compounds
WO2010130768A1 (en) 2009-05-14 2010-11-18 Neurosearch A/S Novel 1,4-diaza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane derivatives useful as nicotinic acetylcholine receptor modulators
JO3250B1 (ar) 2009-09-22 2018-09-16 Novartis Ag إستعمال منشطات مستقبل نيكوتينيك أسيتيل كولين ألفا 7
JO3078B1 (ar) 2009-11-27 2017-03-15 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv مورفولينوثيازولات بصفتها منظمات الوستيرية نوع الفا 7 موجبة
MX344701B (es) 2011-02-03 2017-01-03 Lupin Ltd Derivados de pirrol como moduladores de nachr alfa 7.
MA34957B1 (fr) 2011-02-23 2014-03-01 Lupin Ltd Derives heteroaryle a titre modulateurs des nachr alpha 7
US9187420B2 (en) 2011-03-31 2015-11-17 Lupin Limited Pyrrole derivatives as nicotinic acetylcholine receptor modulators for use in the treatment of neurodegenerative disorders such as alzheimer's and parkinson's disease
ES2606043T3 (es) 2011-07-05 2017-03-17 Lupin Limited Derivados de biarilo como moduladores de nAChR

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US9072731B2 (en) 2015-07-07
DK2678327T3 (en) 2016-12-12
JP2014506590A (ja) 2014-03-17
SMT201600409B (hu) 2017-01-10
EA201370184A1 (ru) 2013-12-30
ECSP13012891A (es) 2013-10-31
ES2594409T9 (es) 2017-02-09
AP3649A (en) 2016-03-18
AU2012221800A1 (en) 2013-10-03
SG192625A1 (en) 2013-09-30
WO2012114285A1 (en) 2012-08-30
AU2012221800B2 (en) 2016-10-27
CR20130415A (es) 2014-04-15
WO2012114285A9 (en) 2012-10-18
KR20140026378A (ko) 2014-03-05
NZ615001A (en) 2015-04-24
CU24177B1 (es) 2016-04-25
EP2678327B9 (en) 2016-12-28
EA024170B1 (ru) 2016-08-31
GEP20156318B (en) 2015-07-10
SI2678327T1 (sl) 2017-01-31
MA34957B1 (fr) 2014-03-01
EP2678327B1 (en) 2016-08-17
CN103402994A (zh) 2013-11-20
BR112013021602A2 (pt) 2019-09-24
NI201300072A (es) 2013-12-17
PE20140703A1 (es) 2014-06-13
CL2013002449A1 (es) 2014-04-11
MX2013009709A (es) 2014-05-13
CN103402994B (zh) 2017-05-31
EP2678327A1 (en) 2014-01-01
PL2678327T3 (pl) 2017-02-28
CA2826792A1 (en) 2012-08-30
IL228052A0 (en) 2013-09-30
LT2678327T (lt) 2016-11-25
ES2594409T3 (es) 2016-12-20
ZA201306223B (en) 2014-10-29
AP2013007121A0 (en) 2013-09-30
IL228052A (en) 2016-11-30
DOP2013000191A (es) 2014-04-15
US20130331387A1 (en) 2013-12-12
EP2678327B8 (en) 2016-09-28
MX343788B (es) 2016-11-23
RS55433B1 (sr) 2017-04-28
CU20130116A7 (es) 2014-03-26
HRP20161481T1 (hr) 2016-12-30
US20150231143A1 (en) 2015-08-20
CO6761374A2 (es) 2013-09-30
GT201300207A (es) 2014-11-13
JP6118270B2 (ja) 2017-04-19
US9393247B2 (en) 2016-07-19
CY1118107T1 (el) 2017-06-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
HUE030659T2 (hu) Heteroaril származékok mint Alfa7 NACHR modulátorok
US9187420B2 (en) Pyrrole derivatives as nicotinic acetylcholine receptor modulators for use in the treatment of neurodegenerative disorders such as alzheimer&#39;s and parkinson&#39;s disease
EP2729455B1 (en) Biaryl derivatives as nachr modulators
EP2670744B1 (en) Pyrrole derivatives used as modulators of alpha7 nachr
US9388196B2 (en) Thiazole derivatives as alpha 7 nAChR modulators
US9617211B2 (en) Pyrrole derivatives as alpha 7 nAChR modulators
OA16539A (en) Heteroaryl derivatives as alpha7 nAChR modulators
NZ615001B2 (en) Heteroaryl derivatives as alpha7 nachr modulators
NZ615583B2 (en) Pyrrole derivatives as nicotinic acetylcholine receptor modulators for use in the treatment of neurodegenerative disorders such as alzheimer&#39;s and parkinson&#39;s disease
UA112076C2 (uk) Гетероарильні похідні